SÍŤOVÝ NETWORKED CD PŘEHRÁVAČ DN-C640

SÍŤOVÝ CD PŘEHRÁVAČ NETWORKED CD PLAYER

DN-C640 NÁVOD K OBSLUZE OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS

i

IMPORTANT BEZPEČNOSTNÍ POKYNY IMPORTANT TO TO SAFETY SAFETY WARNING: VÝSTRAHA: WARNING:

LABELS (for U.S.A. model only) Prohlášení LABELS (for U.S.A. FCC model only) CERTIFICATION

Toto zařízení bylo otestováno a splňuje požadavky na digitální CERTIFICATION THIS PRODUCT COMPLIES WITH DHHS RULES zařízení třídy B ve shodě s Nařízením FCC, část 15. Tyto podTHIS PRODUCT COMPLIES WITH DHHS ABY SE OMEZILO NEBEZPEČĺ POŽÁRU NEBO ÚRA21 CFR SUBCHAPTER J APPLICABLE AT RULES DATE OF To reduce the risk of fire and electric shock, mínky jsou stanoveny tak, aby poskytovaly přijatelnou ochranu 21 CFR SUBCHAPTER J APPLICABLE AT DATE OF ToELEKTRICKÝM reduce the risk of fire shock, CAUTION ZUthis PROUDEM, CHRAŇTE apparatus should notand be electric exposed to TENTO rain or MANUFACTURE. před škodlivým should rušenímnot v bytové zástavbě. Tento přístroj po• The ventilation be impeded by covering the ventilation openi this apparatus should not be exposed to rain or MANUFACTURE. SPOTŘEBIČ PŘED DEŠTĚM A VLHKEM. moisture and objects filled with liquids, such as curtains, užívá a jeetc. zdrojem radiového signálu a pokud není instalován moisture and objects filled with liquids, such as vases, should not be placed on this apparatus • aNo naked flame sources, such asmůže lightedbýt candles, should beradiplaced on the a používán v souladu s pokyny, zdrojem rušení vases, should not be placed on this apparatus • USE Attention should be drawnOR to the environmental aspects of battery disposal. OF CONTROLS ADJUSTMENTS OR • ové The komunikace. apparatus shall not beOR exposed to dripping or splashing for use. USE OF CONTROLS ADJUSTMENTS OR REFOR-MANCE OF OTHER nezaručuje, žePROCEDURES se při určité instalaci neobjeUPOZORNĚNÍ: • Výrobce No objects filled with liquids, such as vases, shallrušení be THAN placed on the apparatu REFOR-MANCE OF PROCEDURES OTHER THAN 1.Handle the powers supply cord carefully THOSE MAY RESULT ví. PokudSPECIFIED tento přístrojHEREIN ruší televizní nebo radiovýIN příjem, což 1. Zacházejte opatrně napájecím kabelem CAUTION 1.Handle the power supplythe cord carefully THOSE SPECIFIED HEREINEXPOSURE. MAY RESULT IN Do not damage ornějak deform power supply cord.Po- openings HAZARDOUS RADIATION •DECLARATION OF • The ventilation should not be impeded by covering thekabel. ventilation items, suchCONFORMITY as newspapers, tablecloths, Nepoškozuje nebo nedeformujte napájecí lze určitwith jednoduchým zapnutím a vypnutím přístroje, dopo- •DECLA Do not damage or deform the power supply cord. HAZARDOUS RADIATION EXPOSURE. We declare under our sole responsibility that this product, Declara curtains, etc. If it is damaged or deformed, it may cause electric kud by se poškodil, může při použití způsobit úraz el. prouručujeme uživateli rušení odstranit některým z následujících toapparatus. which this declaration is in conformity with BE the este pro If itflame is damaged or deformed, it may cause electric • No naked sources, such as lighted candles, should be placed on theTHE COMPACT DISC relates, PLAYER SHOULD NOT shock or malfunction when used. When removing dem nebo Při odpojování kabelu síťové způsobů: following standards:DISC PLAYER SHOULD NOT BE conform THE COMPACT • Attention should be drawnpřístroje. to the environmental aspects ofod battery disposal. shock or poruchu malfunction when used. When removing ADJUSTED OR REPAIRED BY ANYONE EXCEPT from wall outlet, be sure to dripping remove by holding the EN60065, EN55013, EN55020, EN61000-3-2 and sigEN600 • Změnit nasměrování nebo přemístit anténu pro příjem zásuvky kabel držte za koncovku a netahejte za kabel. • The apparatus shall not be exposed to or splashing for use. ADJUSTED OR REPAIRED BY ANYONE EXCEPT from attachment wall outlet, and be sure to remove by cord. holding the PROPERLY plug notasby pulling the EN61000-3-3.QUALIFIED SERVICE PERSONNEL. EN6100 • No objects filled with liquids, such vases, shall be placed on the apparatus. 2. Neotevírejte kryt přístroje nálu. (TV,the rádio atd.) ofSERVICE PROPERLY QUALIFIED plugnot attachment not by pulling the cord. Following provisions 73/23/EEC,PERSONNEL. 2004/108/EC and Siguiend 2.Do open theand rear cover K zabránění úrazu el.rear proudem neotevírejte kryt přístroje. •93/68/EEC Zvýšit odstup mezi přijímačem a zařízením. Directive. 2004/10 2.Do not open the cover In order to prevent electric shock, do not open the •DECLARATION OF CONFORMITY •DECLARACIÓN DEdoCONFORMIDAD Pokud se to vyskytnou nějaké kontaktujte • Přístrojbajo zapojit síťové zásuvky napájecího okruhu, do kte- •EENVO •ÜBEREINSTIMMUNGSERKLÄRUNG In order prevent electricproblémy, shock, do not openvašeho the Declaramos We declare under our sole responsibility that this product, nuestra exclusiva responsabilidad que top cover. Wir unter unserer Verantwortung, daß Wij verk prodejce DENON. relates, is in conformity with the réhoerklären není zapojen přijímač. to which this declaration este producto al que hace referencia esta declaración, estádieses top cover. If problems occur, contact your DENON DEALER. auf dasposkytne sich diese Erklärung bezieht,technik den oddit prod following standards:occur, conforme conrady los siguientes estándares: 3. Nic neumísťujte dovnitř přístroje •Produkt, Další Vám prodejce nebo zkušený If problems contact your DENON DEALER. 3.Do not place anything inside overeen EN60065, EN55013, EN55020, EN61000-3-2 and E N 6 0folgenden 0 6PRODUCT 5 , E NStandards 5 5 0 1 3 , entspricht: EN55020, EN61000-3-2 y 1. borného servisu radiových a televizních přijímačů und Dbejte, do přístroje nevnikl žádný cizí předmět nebo seEN61000-3-3. 3.Do notaby place anything inside EN60065, EN55013, EN55020, EN61000-3-2 EN600 1. PRODUCT EN61000-3-3. Do not place metal objects or spill liquid inside the This product complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules. EN61000-3-3. EN6100 vylila tekutina. Může to způsobit šok el. proudem nebo poruDo not place metal objects or spill liquid inside the Following the provisions of 73/23/EEC, 2004/108/EC and Siguiendo las provisiones de las Directivas 73/23/EEC, This product 15 of two the73/23/EEC, FCC Rules. system. Operation is complies subject towith the Part following conditions: Entspricht den Verordnungen der Direktive Volgens 93/68/EEC Directive. 2004/108/EC y 93/68/EEC. chu. system. Operation is subject to the following two conditions: Electric shock or malfunction may result.

CAUTION CAUTION

CAUTION: CAUTION:

FCC FCC (For (For

INFORMATION INFORMATION US customers) US customers)

2004/108/EC und 93/68/EEC. (1) this product may not cause harmful interference, UPOZORNĚNÍ •ÜBEREINSTIMMUNGSERKLÄRUNG •EENVORMIGHEIDSVERKLARING Electric shock or malfunction may result. (1) this product mayCONFORMITE not cause harmful interference, and (2) this product must accept interference •DECLARATION • Zachovejte správnou ventilaci přístroje.any Proto nezakrývejPlease, and retain thečíslo Model name and vyznaserial Wij verklaren uitsluitend DE WirZaznamenejte erklären record untersi, unserer Verantwortung, daß dieses op onze verantwoordelijkheid dat prosím, sériové vašeho přístroje and (2) this product must accept any interference Nous déclarons sous notre seule responsabilité l’ received, including interference that may cause Please, record and retain the Model name and serial Produkt, auf das sich diese Erklärung bezieht, den dit produkt, waarop deze verklaring betrekking heeft, inque te ventilační otvory např. novinami, ubrusem, záclonou number of yourpanelu. set shown on the rating label. appareil, auquel se réfère cette déclaration, est conforme čené na zadním received, including interference that may cause folgenden Standards entspricht: overeenstemming is met de volgende normen: undesired operation. numberNo. of your set shown on the rating label. apod. Model DN-C640 aux standards suivants: undesired operation. EN60065, EN55013, EN55020, EN61000-3-2 und EN60065, EN55013, EN55020, EN61000-3-2 en Model: DN-C640 Model No. DN-C640 2. IMPORTANT NOTICE: EN60065, EN55020, et • Na přístrojEN55013, nepokládejte předměty EN61000-3-2 s otevřeným ohněm, Serial No. EN61000-3-3. EN61000-3-3. Sériové číslo:______________________________________ 2. IMPORTANT NOTICE: EN61000-3-3. Serial No. Entspricht den Verordnungen der Direktive 73/23/EEC, Volgens jako de bepalingen van de Richtlijnen 73/23/EEC, jsou svíčky apod. DO NOT MODIFY de THIS PRODUCT D’après les dispositions la Directive 73/23/EEC, 2004/108/EC und 93/68/EEC. 2004/108/EC en 93/68/EEC. DOproduct, NOT MODIFY THIS PRODUCT This when installed as chráněn indicated the • Přístroj byet měl být během používání předinjakou2004/108/EC 93/68/EEC. This product, when installed as indicated in FCC the •DECLARATION DE CONFORMITE •ÖVERENSSTÄMMELSESINTYG instructions contained in this manual, meets CAUTION koliv vlhkostí či deštěm. •DICHIARAZIONE DI CONFORMITÀ Nous déclarons sous notre seule responsabilité que l’ Härmed intygas heltcontained på eget ansvar att manual, denna produkt, instructions in this meets FCC CAUTION requirements. Modification not expressly by ELECTRIC SHOCK connepokládejte piena responsabilità che obsahující questoapproved prodotto, •detta Na intyg přístroj předměty tekutinu, appareil, auquel seRISK réfèreOF cette déclaration, est conforme vilkenDichiariamo avser, uppfyller följande standarder: requirements. Modification not expressly approved by RISK OF ELECTRIC SHOCK DENON may void your authority, granted by the FCC, al quale la nostra dichiarazione si riferisce, è conforme alle aux standards suivants: EN60065, EN55013, EN55020, EN61000-3-2 och jako jsou vázy apod. DO NOT OPEN DENON may void your authority, granted by the FCC, seguenti normative: to use the product. EN60065, EN55013, DO EN55020, EN61000-3-2 et EN61000-3-3. NOT OPEN Nuse 6 0 0 6the 5 , iproduct. Edirektiv N 5 5 0 1 373/23/EEC, , E N 5 5 0 22004/108/EC 0, EN61000 -3-2 e tostadgarna EN61000-3-3. EnligtE och

CAUTION: CAUTION:

POZOR: D’après les dispositions de la Directive 73/23/EEC, TOSE REDUCE THE RISK OFÚRAZU ELECTRIC SHOCK, 2004/108/EC etOMEZILO 93/68/EEC. ABY NEBEZPEČĺ ELEKTRICKÝM

3. NOTE EN61000-3-3. 93/68/EEC. 3. conformità NOTE In condizioni delleand direttive This productcon hasle been tested found73/23/EEC, to comply •with PROHLÁŠENÍ O SHODĚ 2004/108/EC e 93/68/EEC. This product has tested anddevice, foundpursuant to comply the limits for abeen Class B digital to QUESTO PRODOTTO E’ CONFORME Prohlašujeme, že se toto zařízení řídí následujícími stanwith the limits for a Class B digital device, pursuant to Part 15 28/08/95 of the FCC Rules. These limits are designed AL D.M. N. 548

2004/10

•ÖVERE

Härmed vilken d EN600 EN6100 Enligt s 93/68/E

TO REDUCE THE RISK OF ELECTRIC SHOCK, DO NOT REMOVE COVER (OR BACK). •DICHIARAZIONE DI CONFORMITÀ PROUDEM, ZDRŽTE SE DEMONTÁŽE VĺKANO (NEBO DO NOT REMOVE COVER (OR BACK). NO Dichiariamo con piena responsabilità che questo prodotto, USER-SERVICEABLE PARTS INSIDE. REFER ZADNĺ STĚNY). UVNITŘ SE NENACHÁZEJĺ ŽÁDNÉ Part 15 ofEN60065, the FCC Rules. These limits are designed dardy: EN55013, EN55020, EN61000-3-2 al qualeUSER-SERVICEABLE la nostra dichiarazione si riferisce, conformeREFER alle PARTS èINSIDE. to provide reasonable protection against harmful SERVICING TO QUALIFIED SOUČÁSTKY, BY MOHLSERVICE UŽIVATEL OPRAVIT. seguenti normative: KTERÉ to a provide reasonable protection against harmful EN61000-3-3. interference in a residential installation. SERVICING TO QUALIFIED SERVICE E N 6 0ÚDRŽBU 0PERSONNEL. 6 5 , E N PŘENECHTE 5 5 0 1 3 , E N 5 5KVALIFIKOVANÝM 0 2 0 , E N 6 1 0 0 0 - 3 - 2OPRAVÁe CLASS 1 LASER PRODUCT interference ingenerates, a residential installation. Dále směrnicemi 73/23/EEC, 2004/108/EC a 93/68/EEC. This product uses and can radiate radio PERSONNEL. EN61000-3-3. ATTENZ LUOKAN 1 LASERLAITE The lightning flash with arrowhead This product generates, uses and can and radiate radio ŘŮM. frequency energy and, if not installed used in In conformità con The le condizioni delle direttive 73/23/EEC, KLASS 1 LASERAPPARAT lightning flash with arrowhead DOTAT symbol, within an blesku equilateral triangle, frequency energy and, if not installed and used in Symbol špičatého v rovnostranném 2004/108/EC e 93/68/EEC. accordance with the instructions, may cause harmful symbol, within an equilateral triangle, LASER accordance with the instructions, may cause harmful is intended to alert the user to the QUESTO PRODOTTO E’ CONFORME interference to radio communications. However, there trojúhelníku má uživatele upozornit na příis 548 intended to alert the user to the AL D.M. 28/08/95 N. L’USO interference to radio communications. However, there presence of uninsulated “dangerous is no guarantee that interference will not occur in a tomnost „nebezpečného napětí" v neizolopresence of uninsulated “dangerous PUO’ C is no guarantee that interference will not occur in a voltage” within the product’s enclosure particular installation. If this product does cause harmful vaných součástkách uvnitř výrobku, které voltage” within the product’s enclosure particularCLASS installation. If this productreception, does cause harmful RADIAZ CLASS 1 LASER PRODUCT that may be of sufficient magnitude 1 interference to radio or television which can by mohlo být of dostatečně velké na to, aby z ATTENZIONE: QUESTO APPARECCHIO E’ that may be sufficient magnitude ,, OFF and interference to by radio or television reception, which can LUOKAN 1 LASERLAITE to constitute a risk of electric shock to be determined turning the product ON, the nějconstitute osobám hrozilo LASER PRODUCT KLASS 1 LASERAPPARAT to a risk nebezpečí of electric elektrického shock to DOTATO DI CONthe RAGGIO be determined by turning thecorrect product OFF and ON, the persons. user is DISPOSITIVO encouraged to OTTICO try to interference by úrazu. persons. user is encouraged to try to correct the interference by LASER. one or more of the following measures: The exclamation point within an one or moreorofrelocate the following measures: L’USO IMPROPRIO DELL’APPARECCHIO • Reorient the receiving antenna. The exclamation point within an equilateral is intended to Vykřičník v triangle rovnostranném trojúhelníku má PUO’ CAUSARE Reorient or relocate the ESPOSIZIONI receiving PERICOLOSE •• Increase the separation betweenantenna. theA equipment equilateral triangle is intended to alert the user to the of • and Increase the separation between equipment uživatele upozornit na presence fakt, že tiskoviny při- RADIAZIONI! ADVARSEL: USYNLIG LASERSTRÅLING VEDthe ÅBNING, NÅR receiver. CLASS 1 alert the user to the and presence of UPOZORNĚNÍ: important operating maintenance SIKKERHEDSAFBRYDERE ER UDE AF FUNKTION. and receiver. ložené k výrobku obsahují důležité pokyny • Connect the product into an outlet on a circuit ,, and maintenance important operating UNDGÅ UDSAETTELSE FOR STRÅLING. OVLADAČŮ NEBO JEJICH instructions in the literature Connect the that product into the an outlet on a circuit • different LASER(servicing) PRODUCT týkající se obsluhy a údržby (oprav). from toPOUŽITÍ which receiver is connected. (servicing) instructions in the literature ÚPRAVA PŘÍPADNĚ JINÉ OPERAdifferent from that to which the receiver is connected. accompanying the appliance. VAROITUS! LAITTEEN KÄYTTÄMINEN MUULLAtoKUIN TÄSSÄ • Consult the local retailer authorized distribute C accompanying the appliance. KÄYTTÖOHJEESSA MAINITULLA TAVALLA SAATTAA • this Consult the retailer authorized to distribute CE NEŽ ZDE UVEDENÉ MOHOU type of local product or an experienced radio/TV NOTE: US ALTISTAA KÄYTTÄJÄN this type of or an TURVALLISUUSLUOKAN experienced radio/TV 1 ZPŮSOBIT NEBEZPEČÍ VYSTAVENOTE: technician for product help. This Networked CD Player uses the semiconductor OR YLITTÄVÄLLE NÄKYMÄMTTÖMÄLLE POZNÁMKA: technician for help.NÍ SE RADIACI. This Networked CD uses semiconductor ADVARSEL: USYNLIG LASERSTRÅLING VEDthe ÅBNING, NÅR This ClassLASERSÄTEILYLLE. B apparatus complies with Canadian ICES-003. laser. To používá allow you Player to enjoy a stable OT Tento přístroj polovodičový laser. Kmusic zajištění at stabilního proThis appareil Class B apparatus complies with Canadian ICES-003. ER AF laser. To itallow you to v místnosti enjoy music at stable ÚDRŽBU A SERVIS VÝCet numérique de la classe B ANNAT est TOHOTO conforme àI operation, is recommended to UDE use thisFUNKTION. in5–35 aaroom of VARNING– vozu jej SIKKERHEDSAFBRYDERE doporučujeme používat s teplotou ˚C. M OM APPARATEN ANVÄNDS PÅ SÄTT ÄN UNDGÅ UDSAETTELSE Cet appareil numérique de la classe BPROVÁDĚT est conforme à operation, it~ is recommended toSTRÅLING. use this in a room of BY MĚL POUla norme NMB-003 duROBKU Canada. 5°C (41°F) 35°C (95°F). FOR DENNA BRUKSANVISNING SPECIFICERATS, KAN EX iVAROITUS! LAITTEEN KÄYTTÄMINEN MUULLA KUIN TÄSSÄ la norme NMB-003 duZE Canada. 5°C (41°F) ~ 35°C (95°F). KVALIFIKOVANÝ OPRAVÁŘ. ANVÄNDAREN UTSÄTTAS FÖR OSYNLIG CAUTION: i TH KÄYTTÖOHJEESSA MAINITULLA TAVALLA SAATTAA LASERSTRÅLNING SOM ÖVERSKRIDER GRÄNSEN USE OF CONTROLS OR ADJUSTMENTS AD ALTISTAA KÄYTTÄJÄN TURVALLISUUSLUOKAN 1 FÖR LASERKLASS 1. OR PERFORMANCE OF PROCEDURES YLITTÄVÄLLE NÄKYMÄMTTÖMÄLLE EX OTHER THAN THOSE SPECIFIED HEREIN LASERSÄTEILYLLE. PE MAY RESULT IN HAZARDOUS RADIATION VARNING– OM APPARATEN ANVÄNDS PÅ ANNAT SÄTT ÄNvI DENNA BRUKSANVISNING SPECIFICERATS, KAN EXPOSURE.

,,

,,

ii

POZNÁMKY K POUŽÍVÁNÍ

Nevystavujte výrobek vysokým teplotám. Pokud je instalujete do police, zajistěte dostatečné rozptýlení tepla.

Chraňte výrobek před vlhkostí, vodou a prachem.

Nevhazujte do výrobku cizí předměty.

Pokud výrobek delší dobu nepoužíváte, vytáhněte kabel ze zásuvky.

Chraňte výrobek před kontaktem s insekticidy, benzínem a rozpouštědly.

Má-li výrobek větrací otvory, nechte je volné.

Výrobek nikdy nerozmontovávejte ani žádným způsobem neupravujte.

Se síťovým kabelem manipulujte opatrně. Při vypínání ze zásuvky jej držte za zástrčku.

zbytek materiálu

• Používejte kompaktní disky, které obsahují značku

.

CD zvláštních tvarů (ve tvaru srdce, mnohoúhelníku atd.) nelze na tomto přístroji přehrávat. Vyhněte se použití takových disků, můžou poškodit přístroj.

• Disk nemusí být přehráván běžným způsobem, pokud je na středovém otvoru nějaký zbytek „otřep” materiálu z výroby. • Při použití nového disku s tímto otřepem použijte tužku apod. k jeho odstranění.

iii

DŮLEŽITÉ BEZPEČNOSTNÍ POKYNY ČTĚTE PŘED OBSLUHOU PŘÍSTROJE Tento výrobek byl navržen a vyroben tak, aby vyhovoval přísným kvalitativním a bezpečnostním standardům. Nicméně, některých opatření při instalaci a obsluze byste si měli být vědomi. 1. Před připojením a obsluhou si přečtěte všechny informace k přístroji. 2. Tento návod si ponechte pro vyřešení případných nejasností v budoucnu. 3. Věnujte pozornost všem výstrahám a bezpečnostním informacím v tomto návodu k obsluze a na samotném výrobku. Postupujte dle všech instrukcí k jeho obsluze. 4. Zařízení čistěte pouze suchou útěrkou nebo vakuovým čističem. 5. Nezakrývejte žádné ventilační otvory. Přístroj instalujte podle doporučení výrobce. 6. Přístroj mějte dále od radiátorů, topných těles, kamen nebo jiných zařízení, které vyzařují teplo. 7. Přístroj připojujte k síti pouze pomocí dodávaného kabelu nebo přesné náhrady. Dodávaný kabel neupravujte. Nepřerušujte zemnící vodič a/nebo přívod jednotlivých pinů. Zapojení zemnění je důležité pro vaší bezpečnost. Pokud vidlice na dodávaném síťovém kabelu nepasuje do vaší zásuvky, domluvte se s kvalifikovaným elektrikářem na výměně takové zastaralé zásuvky. Nepoužívejte prodlužovací kabely.

8. Síťový kabel veďte tak, aby nebyl drcen, sevřen, ohýbán, vystaven žáru nebo jinému možnému poškození. Při odpojování kabelu od přístroje se řiďte běžným bezpečnostním opatřením. 9. Během bouřky nebo delšího nepoužívání přístroje odpojte síťový kabel ze zásuvky. 10. Používejte pouze příslušenství určené výrobcem. 11. Vhodné umístění výrobku na stojan, skříňku atd. konzultujte s prodejcem. Buďte opatrní při přesouvání výrobku na stojanu, regálu apod., aby nedošlo k jejich převrhnutí a ublížení na zdraví.

Doplňující bezpečnostní informace! Takto označené terminály jsou ŽIVOTU NEBEZPEČNÉ a jejich zapojení vyžaduje instalaci kvalifikovanou osobou nebo použití hotových vedení či kabelů.

•• This •• Esta This unit unit can can display display text text information information on on the the display display when when Esta unidad unidad puede puede mostrar mostrar información información de de texto texto en en la la • This unit cantext display text information thecan display when • pantalla Esta on unidad puede mostrar información de texto en mostrar la playing text information in cuando se reproducen CD Texto • Thison unit display text the display • Esta unidad informac playing CD CD text discs discs which which contain contain text information in information pantalla cuando se when reproducen discos discos CD de de puede Texto que que playing CD text discs which contain text information in pantalla cuando se reproducen discos CD de Texto que English category. contengan información de texto en la categoría de Inglés. playinginformace CD text na discs which contain text information in cuando se inforreproducen disco • Toto zařízení může zobrazovat textové displeji během přehrávání CD text de disků, textové English category. contengan información textokteré en pantalla laobsahují categoría de Inglés. English category. contengan información de texto en contengan la categoría de Inglés. The text shown above. Los aa la información mace v angličtině. The CD CD text disc disc includes includes the the mark markEnglish shown category. above. Los discos discos CD CD de de Texto Texto incluyen incluyen la la marca marca indicada indicada lade texto en la c The CD text disc includes the markThe shown above. Los discos CD de Texto incluyen la marca indicada a la incluyen la NOTE: derecha. CD text disc includes the mark shown above. Los discos CD de Texto NOTE: derecha. CD text disky obsahují značku zobrazenou výše. NOTE: derecha. This unit unit can can provide provide aa text text display display of the the following following types types NOTA: NOTE: derecha. •• This of NOTA: POZNÁMKA: • This unit can provide a textofdisplay of the following types NOTA: of characters. Other types characters will result in “ ” •• Esta unidad puede mostrar visualizaciones • This unit can provide a text display of the following types NOTA: de of characters. Other types of characters will result in “ ” Esta unidad puede mostrar visualizaciones de texto texto de de los los • Toto zařízení poskytuje zobrazení textu s následujícími Ostatní nebudou of characters. Other types of characters will resultOther in “ types ” typyofznaků. • Esta unidad puede visualizaciones de texto de mostrar los being siguientes tipos tipos de caracteres of characters. characters willznaky result inmostrar “caracteres.Otros ” zobrazeny. • Esta unidad visualizaci being displayed. displayed. siguientes tipos de de caracteres.Otros tipos de puede caracteres displayed. siguientes tipos de caracteres.Otros tipos de caracteres •being Abeceda •• Alphabet harán que se visualice “ ”. being displayed. siguientes tipos de caracteres.Otros Alphabet harán que se visualice “ ”. • Alphabet harán que se visualice “ ”. ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ •• Alfabeto harán que se visualice “ ”. ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ • Alphabet Alfabeto ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ • Alfabeto abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ • Alfabeto abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz ••• Numbers Čísla abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ Numbers • Numbers 0123456789 •• abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz Números abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz • Numbers 0123456789 Números 0123456789 • 0123456789 Números • Symbols Symbols 0123456789 • Números 0123456789 • •• Symbols Symboly •• 0123456789 Símbolos 0123456789 • Symbols Símbolos SPACE • Símbolos SPACE • Símbolos SPACE mezera SPACE SPACE SPACE •• Bei der Wiedergabe von CD-Textdiscs, die Funktionstasten SPACE Bei der Wiedergabe von CD-Textdiscs, die Funktionstasten SPACE • Bei der Wiedergabe von enthalten, CD-Textdiscs, diedieses Funktionstasten in kann Gerät auf •• Dit kan • Bei der Wiedergabe die Funktionstasten in englischer englischer Kategorie Kategorie enthalten, kann dieses Gerät von auf CD-Textdiscs, Dit toestel toestel kan tekstinformatie tekstinformatie op op het het display display tonen tonen bij bij het het in englischer Kategorie enthalten, kann dieses Kategorie Gerät auf enthalten, • weergeven Ditkann toestel kan tekstinformatie op het display tonen bij het dem Display Funktionstasten anzeigen. van CD-Text discs met tekstinformatie in englischer dieses Gerät auf • Dit toestel kan tekstinformatie op het dem Display Funktionstasten anzeigen. weergeven van CD-Text discs met tekstinformatie in in de de dem Display Funktionstasten anzeigen. weergeven van CD-Text discs met tekstinformatie in de discs met t Die dargestellten Logo categorie dem Display Funktionstasten anzeigen. weergeven van CD-Text Die CD-Textdiscs CD-Textdiscs sind sind mit mit dem dem rechts rechts dargestellten Logo categorie Engels. Engels. Die CD-Textdiscs sind mit dem rechts dargestellten sind Logomit dem rechts categorie Engels. versehen. Een CD-Text CD-Text disc is is voorzien voorzien van het het logo rechts. rechts. Die CD-Textdiscs dargestellten Logo categorie Engels. versehen. Een disc van logo versehen. Een CD-Text disc is voorzien van het logo rechts.disc is voorzien van het lo HINWEIS: OPMERKING: versehen. Een CD-Text HINWEIS: OPMERKING: HINWEIS: OPMERKING: •• Dieses •• Dit als HINWEIS: aufgeführten OPMERKING: Dieses Gerät Gerät kann kann aus aus den den nachfolgend nachfolgend aufgeführten Dit toestel toestel kan kan de de volgende volgende tekens tekens als tekst tekst weergeven. weergeven. • Dieses Gerät bestehende kann aus den nachfolgend aufgeführten • Voor Dit toestel kan de van volgende tekens alstoestel tekst weergeven. Zeichenarten Texte anzeigen. Bei anderen andere types tekens verschijnt • Dieses Gerät kann aus den nachfolgend aufgeführten • Dit kan de volgende tekens a Zeichenarten bestehende Texte anzeigen. Bei anderen Voor andere types van tekens verschijnt Zeichenarten bestehende Texte anzeigen. Bei anderen Voor andereBei types van tekens verschijnt ” Zeichenarten anderen Voor andere types van tekens versch “anzeigen. ” op op het het display. display. Zeichenarten wird wird “ “ ” ” angezeigt. angezeigt. Zeichenarten bestehende Texte “ ” op het display. Zeichenarten wird “ ” angezeigt. Zeichenarten wird “ ” angezeigt. •“ Alfabet •• Alphabet “ ” op het display. • Alfabet Alphabet • ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ Alfabet • Alphabet ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ • Alphabet ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ • Alfabet ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz • abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz Getallen Zahlen abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz • Getallen •• Zahlen • 0123456789 Getallen • Zahlen 0123456789 • Getallen • Zahlen 0123456789 0123456789 0123456789 •• 0123456789 Symbolen •• Symbole 0123456789 0123456789 Symbolen Symbole • Symbolen • Symbole • Symbolen • Symbole

iv

SPACE SPACE SPACE

SPACE

SPACE SPACE SPACE

SPACE •• Cet •• Denna Cet appareil appareil peut peut afficher afficher les les textes textes d'information d'information lors lors de de la la Denna apparat apparat kan kan visa visa text text på på displayen displayen när när du du spelar spelar • Cet appareil peut afficher les textes d'information lors de la • Denna apparat kan visa text på displayen när du spelar lecture de CD qui comportent ces textes, dans la catégorie CD-textskivor innehållande information på engelska. Cet appareil peut afficher les textes d'information lors de la information • Denna apparat kan visa text på disp lecture de CD qui comportent ces•textes, dans la catégorie CD-textskivor innehållande på engelska. lecture de CD qui comportent ces textes, dans la catégorie CD-textskivor innehållande information på engelska. anglaise. CD text-skivor bär märket som som anges anges på höger höger sida. sida. lecture de CD qui comportent cesCD textes, dans labär catégorie CD-textskivor innehållande information anglaise. text-skivor märket på anglaise. CD text-skivor bär märket som anges på höger sida. Les la OBSERVERA: CD text-skivor bär märket som anges p Les CD CD avec avec texte texte se se repèrent repèrent ààanglaise. la marque marque indiquée indiquée àà OBSERVERA: Les CD avec texte se repèrent àLes la marque droite. ••àApparaten visa teckentyper. CD avecindiquée texte seà repèrent OBSERVERA: la marquekan indiquée à med OBSERVERA: droite. Apparaten kan visa text text med följande följande teckentyper. För För droite. • övriga Apparaten kankommer visa text följande teckentyper. För REMARQUE: tecken “ ”med att visas.

1. GENERAL INFORMATION .............................2 1. OBECNÉ GENERALINFORMACE INFORMATION .............................2 1. ..................................2

FEATURES ..........................................................2 FEATURES ..........................................................2 VLASTNOSTI ......................................................2 PART NAMES AND FUNCTIONS ......................3 PART NAMES AND FUNCTIONS POPIS JEDNOTLIVÝCH ČÁSTÍ A ......................3 FUNKCÍ ........3

� ACCESSORIES ■ PŘÍSLUŠENSTVÍ � ACCESSORIES

Check that thezda following parts are included addition Zkontrolujte, jsou s přístrojem dodány in následující Check that the following parts are included in addition to the main unit: součásti: to the main unit:

Remoteovladač Control Unit (RC-1061) .................................. 11 q ........................................ qDálkový Remote Control (RC-1061) Unit (RC-1061) .................................. 1

ENGLISH ENGLISH

OBSAH – –– TABLE CONTENTS –– TABLE– OF OF CONTENTS

2. PREPARATIONS ..............................................9 2. PŘÍPRAVY PREPARATIONS ..............................................9 2. ......................................................9

INSTALLATION ...................................................9 INSTALLATION ...................................................9 INSTALACE .........................................................9 CONNECTIONS ................................................10 CONNECTIONS ................................................10 ZAPOJENÍ .........................................................10

3. DEVICE OPERATION .................................... 11 3. DEVICE OPERATION .................................... 11 3. OBSLUHA ZAŘÍZENÍ SUPPORTED AUDIO ...................................11 CD .................................11

SUPPORTED AUDIO CD .................................11 PODPOROVANÉ CD ............................ 11 INSERTING ANDAUDIO EJECTING A DISC ...............11 INSERTING AND EJECTING A DISC ...............11 NORMAL CD PLAYBACK ................................12 VKLÁDÁNÍ A VYSOUVÁNÍ DISKU .................... 11 NORMAL CD PLAYBACK ................................12 ADVANCED CD PLAYBACK .............................14 BĚŽNÉ PŘEHRÁVÁNÍ CD ................................12 ADVANCED CD PLAYBACK .............................14 PLAYING AUDIO FILES ....................................17 POKROČILÉ PŘEHRÁVÁNÍ CD .......................14 PLAYING AUDIO FILES....................................17 PRESET FUNCTIONS AND OPERATIONS ......20 PRESET FUNCTIONS AND OPERATIONS ......20 PŘEHRÁVÁNÍ AUDIO SOUBORŮ ....................17 UTILITY MENU .................................................26 UTILITY MENUFUNKCE .................................................26 PŘEDVOLENÉ A OPERACE ............20

4. NETWORK FUNCTIONALITY AND 4. NETWORK FUNCTIONALITY AND MENU UTILITY ..................................................26 OPERATION...................................................28 OPERATION ...................................................28 4. SÍŤOVÁ FUNKČNOST A OBSLUHA ...........28 Network functionality and Operation ...............28 Network functionality and Operation ...............28 Síťová funkčnost obsluha ...............................28 How to hook up athe DN-C640 How to hook up the DN-C640 Jaktopřipojit DN-C640 k vaší síti .........................28 your network .............................................28 to your network .............................................28 Nastavení složky na on serveru Setting upsdílené a Shared Folder a Setting up a Shared Folder on a Server or a serveru Network Server ..........................29 nebo síťovém ........................................29 Server or a Network Server ..........................29

5. OVLÁDACÍ CONTROL FEATURES ..................................30 5. FUNKCE ...................................30 5. CONTROL FEATURES ..................................30

6. 6. 6. 7. 7. 7.

WEB REMOTE APLIKACE WEB.................................................30 REMOTE................................30 WEB REMOTE .................................................30 RS-232C CONTROL .........................................36 OVLÁDÁNÍ PŘES RS-232C ..............................36 RS-232C CONTROL .........................................36 GPIO (Parallel) CONTROL ................................41 GPIO (Parallel) CONTROL ................................41 OVLÁDÁNÍ PŘES GPIO (paralelní) ..................41

TROUBLESHOOTING ...................................43 TROUBLESHOOTING ...................................43 ŘEŠENÍ PROBLÉMŮ ...................................43 SPECIFICATIONS ..........................................44 TECHNICKÁ DATA .......................................44 SPECIFICATIONS ..........................................44

Size “AAA” batteries .................................................. 2 w velikosti „AAA“.................................................. ................................................22 wBaterie Size “AAA” batteries

e Audio Cord (Stereo)..................................................... 1 e Audio Cord (Stereo)..................................................... 1

AC Power ........................................................... r Audio kabel Cord (Stereo) ....................................................11 r AC Power Cord ........................................................... 1 (Europe models) .......................................................... 21  Napájecí kabel ............................................................ (Europe models) .......................................................... 2 Operating Instructions ................................................ 11 t k obsluze .......................................................... tNávod Operating Instructions ................................................ 1 y Warranty card .............................................................. 1 yZáruční listcard ................................................................... Warranty .............................................................. 11

POZNÁMKA K RECYKLACI: A NOTE ABOUT RECYCLING: A NOTE ABOUT RECYCLING: This product’s packaging materials are recyclable and can

Obalový materiál tohoto výrobku je recyklovatelný a může This product’s packaging materials are recyclable and can be znovu reused. PleaseS dispose of any materials in accordance být jednotlivými materiály naložte dle místbe reused.využit. Please dispose of any materials in accordance with the local recycling regulations. ních předpisů. Při likvidaci přístroje dodržujte with recyklačních the local recycling regulations. When směrnice. discarding the unit, comply with local rules or místní When discarding the unit, comply with local rules or regulations. Baterie by neměly být nikdy vyhozeny do směsregulations. Batteries should never be thrown away or ného odpadu nebonever spáleny, naloženo Batteries should be ale thrown aways nimi or incinerated but disposed of in accordance incinerated disposed of in se accordance dle místních but předpisů týkajících nebezpečwith the local regulations concerning chemical with the local regulations concerning chemical ného odpadu. waste. waste. Tento baterií) splňuje požadavThis výrobek product (kromě and the accessories packed This product the accessories packed ky směrnice proand „Nakládání s použitýmproduct elektrictogether constitute the applicable together constitute the applicable product kým a elektronickým zařízením“ – WEEE. according to the WEEE directive except according to the WEEE directive except batteries. batteries.

1 1 1

1. OBECNÉ INFORMACE VLASTNOSTI ■ Standardní funkce profesionálního CD přehrávače

■

■

■ ■ ■

■

2

Štěrbinová disková mechanika Čtení a zobrazování CD TEXT a MP3 ID3 tagů Rychlé vyhledávání skladeb pomocí ovladače Jog Wheel Vyhledávání hudby – režim cue Symetrický audio výstup s regulací 2 sady nesymetrických audio výstupů (1 s pevnou / 1 s variabilní úrovní) Digitální audio výstup SPDIF a AES/EBU Reprodukce audio souborů z CD nebo DVD datových disků Čtení CD-R / CD-RW / DVD-R / DVD-RW / DVD+R / DVD+RW disků Podpora formátů CD-DA, WAVE, MPEG-1/2 Layer III (MP3), MPEG-1/2 Layer II (MP2), WMA Pokročilá reprodukce CD Rychlý návrat zpět (Skip Back) (časově neprogramovatelný) Variabilní řízení rychlosti +/–12 % Programované přehrávání Režimy opakování jedné skladby, všeho nebo úseku A-B Režim náhodného přehrávání Uživatelsky volitelný režim konce (zastavení „Stop“, pokračování další skladbou „Next“, opakování skladby „Recue“, nepřetržité přehrávání „Continuous“) Automatické vyhledání hudby – funkce Auto Cue Monitorování konce Kontrolka zprávy o blížícím se konci (EOM) Přehrávání hudby přes síť – datový tok zvuku „Stream Audio“ ze sdílených síťových zdrojů Nahrávání „upload“ audio souborů z disku na síťovou jednotku Instalace do 19“ rack prostoru 1U IR dálkového ovládání (součástí je dálkový ovladač RC-1061) Vestavěné ovládání pomocí webového prohlížeče Dálkové ovládání stejné jako na předním panelu Nahrávání/stahování programových přehrávacích seznamů Nastavení předvoleb Externí dálkové ovládání Sériové ovládání (RS232C) Paralelní ovládání

ENGLISH

1. GENERAL INFORMATION 1. OBECNÉ INFORMACE

PART NAMES AND FUNCTIONS POPIS JEDNOTLIVÝCH ČÁSTÍ A FUNKCÍ (1) Front panel (1) Přední panel

2

4 NETWORK CD PLAYER

0

6

DN-C640

10

LEVEL

EJECT

POWER ON/OFF

NETWORK

1 35

7

8

SHIFT

90

• Toto stiskněte k zapnutí (ON) nebo vypnutí (OFF) napáON/OFF switch and indicator q POWER jení přístroje. Press thissvítí, to turn the or OFF. • •Kontrolka když je Power přístrojON zapnutý. • The indicator lights when the power is turned on.

 LEVEL LEVEL control wOvladač

• •Ten doladění výstupní úrovně Usepoužijte this to kadjust the output level of thesluchátek. headphones.

Upozornění!

• Warning! Během používání sluchátek buďte obezřetní, aby ne•byla When using příliš headphones, take care not to turn hlasitost vysoká. Dlouhodobý poslech při the volume too může high. Listening at high volumes slufor vysoké hlasitosti způsobit trvalé poškození extended periods of time may result in permanent chu. hearing damage.

 Konektor PHONES e PHONES Jack

• Pro soukromý poslech můžete k tomuto konektoru připo• For private listening, you can connect your headphones jitto sluchátka. this jack.

 DISC slotdisku rŠtěrbina

Insert a CDse or vkládají DVD intoCD thenebo slot, label • •Do štěrbiny DVD side diskyupwards. potištěnou stranou vzhůru.

t EJECT button

• Press this to eject the disc. The EJECT button is locked  Tlačítko EJECT when Eject Lock is on in the preset menu and the unit

• Toto k vysunutí disku. Tlačítko EJECT je zais instiskněte PLAY mode. blokováno, pokud je v menu předvoleb nastaven zámek unit Lock“ a přístroj je v režimu přehrávání. y Display vysunutí „Eject • Refer to page 6 for details.

 Displej u Remote control sensor

• Pro podrobnosti viz strana 6.

i NETWORK button and indicator (Blue)



A-B

PITCH

LOCK

END MON

TEXT

- INDEX/DIR +

PUSH ENTER

CUE

 Vypínač a kontrolka POWER ON/OFF

 Čidlo dálkového ovládání • Press this to select between

DISPLAY

MENU/STORE

UTILITY

PHONES

-= ~!@

the network drive or internal drive. • The indicator lights when the network drive is selected. Tlačítko a kontrolka (modrá) NETWORK • Toto stiskněte k výběru mezi síťovou nebo interní jednotkou. • Indikátor svítí, když je zvolena síťová jednotka.

CANCEL

#

SKIP BACK

PLAY/PAUSE

PITCH

$% ^ &

 Tlačítko MENU/STORE/UTILITY

• Stiskněte k vyvolání menu předvoleb nebo k uložení

button o MENU/STORE/UTILITY změn provedených v menu předvoleb.

toshift enter the presetstiskněte menu ork vyvolání to store menu changes •• VPress režimu toto tlačítko utimade in the preset menu. lity. • In shift mode, press this button to enter the utility menu.

 Tlačítko a kontrolka (žlutá) SHIFT

Stiskněte k zapnutí nebo vypnutí režimu shift. Kontrolka button and indicator (Amber) !0 •SHIFT když je režim • svítí, Press to turn the zapnutý. shift mode on or off. When in shift • Kmode, opuštění shift stiskněte znovu toto tlačítko. the režimu indicator lights. • Press this button again to exit shift mode.

 Tlačítko DISPLAY/LOCK !1 DISPLAY/LOCK button

• Toto stiskněte k změně režimu času na displeji. • Press this to change the time mode on the display. • V režimu shift tlačítko stiskněte a na více než tři sekundy • In shift mode, press and hold this more than three přidržte nebo odblokování předsecondsk zablokování to lock or unlock the controlsovladačů on the front ního panelu. panel.

A-B/ENDA-B/END MON button !2 Tlačítko  MON

Use použijte this to play a set sectionpřehrávání repeatedly.nastaveného When the •• Toto k opakovanému buttonKdyž is pressed during playback, that position is úseku. běhemonce přehrávání jednou stisknete tlačítko, set as the A point and the “A-” indicator flashes on the daná pozice se nastaví jako bod A a na displeji bude blidisplay. kat indikátor „A-“. • When the button is pressed again, that position is • Když stisknete tlačítko znovu, daná pozice se nastaví set as the B point, the “A-B” indicator stops flashing jako bod B, na zůstane indikátor „A-B“ a za(remaining lit),displeji and the A-B svítit section begins playing čne opakované přehrávání úseku A-B. repeatedly. •• Když tlačítko A-Brepeat se zruší Whenstisknete the button is znovu, pressedopakování again, A-B is acanceled režim se vrátí do normálního přehrávání. and the mode returns to the normal play mode. shift toto tlačítko stiskněte k spuštění monitoro• režimu • vání In shift mode, press this button to start the End konce. Monitor.

 a kontrolka (žlutá) PITCH / PITCH button and indicator (Amber)/ !3 Tlačítko

tlačítko TEXT TEXT button • Toto tlačítko stiskněte k zapnutí (ON) nebo vypnutí (OFF)

• Press this button to switch the PITCH on or off. regulace rychlosti. • In shift mode, press this button to display the text • Vinformation. režimu shift toto tlačítko stiskněte k zobrazení textové informace.

3 3

ENGLISH

1. OBECNÉ INFORMACE 1. GENERAL INFORMATION

!4 !5 5   Tlačítko

6 // –– INDEX/DIR INDEX/DIR++ button

buttonPLAY/PAUSE and indicator (Green) !9 PLAY/PAUSE  Tlačítko a kontrolka (zelená)

• These buttonsk are used to accurately change the • Use this button to start playback or pause playback. • Tato tlačítka se používají přesné změně pozice, kde • Toto tlačítko použijte k spuštění přehrávání nebo přerupositions where playback will start or operate as FF or bude začínat přehrávání nebo při přidržení k rychlému šení (pauza) přehrávání. @0 Jog wheel with PUSH/ENTER button FR when held down. převíjení směrem vpřed a vzad. • Turn the jog wheel clockwise by one click to move one • In shift mode, use this button to select the index (Audio • V režimu shift použijte toto tlačítko k výběru indexu (AuOvladač Jog Wheel s tlačítkem track forward, counterclockwise by one click to move CDs) or directory (music file discs). dio CD) nebo adresáře (disky s hudebními soubory). PUSH/ENTER one track backward. • Otáčejte •ovladačem ve směru kliknutí In the preset mode,hodin turn po thejednom jog wheel to select the !6 STOP/CANCEL button k přesunu opreset jednu skladbu Tlačítko STOP/CANCEL item anddopředu push to nebo enter.proti směru ho• Press this button to stop playback. • In othe utility mode,dozadu. turn the jog wheel to select the • Press this ktozastavení cancel a selection in program setting. • Toto tlačítko stiskněte přehrávání. din k přesunu jednu skladbu preset item and push to enter.k výběru poloDuring preset setting operations, press to cancel •allV režimu předvoleb • Stiskněte •také k zrušení výběru během programování. otáčejte ovladačem • In the shift mode, use this jog wheel to set the pitch entries made and return to stop mode. žek předvoleb a stiskněte k jejich potvrzení. • Během nastavování předvoleb stiskněte k zrušení všech value. • V režimu utility otáčejte ovladačem k výběru položek zadání a návratu do režimu stop. !7 SKIP BACK button • Instiskněte the stopkmode or in the play/pause mode, push this jejich potvrzení. • Press this button for instant replay at the currentlypředvoleb ato start playback. Tlačítko SKIP BACK playing audio. The amount of time skipped back •isV režimu shift použijte tento ovladač k nastavení hodnoty • Toto tlačítkoadjustable stiskněte in k the okamžitému zopakování právě úpravy rychlosti. preset menu. přehrávaného zvuku. Hodnota času, o který se vrátíte • V režimu stop nebo režimu přehrávání/pauza ovladač CUE button and indicator (Amber) !8nastavitelná zpět, je v menu předvoleb. stiskněte k spuštění přehrávání. • When pressed during playback, the pickup returns to the position at which CUE playback last started or the next Tlačítko a kontrolka (žlutá) track and the CUE mode is set. • Když je stisknuto během přehrávání, snímač se vrátí na • When pressed during manual search, the CUE mode is místo, kde začalo poslední přehrávání nebo na následuset at that position. jící skladbu a nastaví se režim CUE. • Když je stisknuto během manuálního přehrávání, v daném místě se nastaví režim CUE.









4 4

Zadní panel Rear panel panel Rear Rear panel Rear Rear panel panel Rear panel panel Rear Rear panel 1 GND 1112 GND GND GND HOT(+) HOT(+) HOT(+) HOT(+) 12223 GND COLD(-) COLD(-) 3233 HOT(+) COLD(-) COLD(-) 1LEVEL GND 3LEVEL COLD(-) HOT(+) 12LEVEL GND

LEVEL 3 HOT(+) COLD(-) 12 GND 13 GND COLD(-) 2LEVEL HOT(+) GND 21 HOT(+) 3LEVEL COLD(-) 2 HOT(+) 3 COLD(-) 3LEVEL COLD(-) LEVEL LEVEL

R R R R

L LL L

R R

L L

R L R L R L ANALOG OUTPUT ANALOG OUTPUT ANALOG OUTPUT ANALOG OUTPUT ANALOG OUTPUT ANALOG OUTPUT

x x x x x x

ANALOG OUTPUT ANALOG OUTPUT ANALOG OUTPUT

z z z z z z

FIXED FIXED FIXED L LL FIXED LEVEL L FIXED LEVEL LEVEL L FIXED LEVEL L FIXED FIXED LEVEL RR FIXED L R LEVEL L RL LEVEL LEVEL R LEVEL R R R R

VARIABLE VARIABLE VARIABLE L VARIABLE LL VARIABLE L VARIABLE L VARIABLE L VARIABLE R VARIABLE R L R L R L R R R R R

SPDIF SPDIF SPDIF SPDIF

AES/EBU AES/EBU AES/EBU AES/EBU

SPDIF SPDIF

AES/EBU AES/EBU

SPDIF SPDIF SPDIF

AES/EBU AES/EBU AES/EBU

DIGITAL OUTPUT DIGITAL DIGITAL OUTPUT OUTPUT DIGITAL OUTPUT

RS232C RS232C RS232C RS232C RS232C RS232C RS232C RS232C RS232C

PARALLEL PARALLEL PARALLEL PARALLEL

REMOTE REMOTE REMOTE REMOTE

PARALLEL PARALLEL PARALLEL PARALLEL PARALLEL

LAN LAN LAN LAN

DIGITAL OUTPUT DIGITAL OUTPUT

REMOTE REMOTE

LAN LAN

DIGITAL OUTPUT DIGITAL OUTPUT DIGITAL OUTPUT

REMOTE REMOTE REMOTE

LAN LAN LAN

v c c v c v c v c cv v

ENGLISH ENGLISH ENGLISH ENGLISH ENGLISH ENGLISH ENGLISH ENGLISH

(2) (2) (2) (2) (2) (2) (2) (2) (2)

1. GENERAL GENERAL INFORMATION 1. INFORMATION 1. OBECNÉ INFORMACE 1. GENERAL INFORMATION 1. GENERAL INFORMATION 1. GENERAL INFORMATION 1. GENERAL GENERAL INFORMATION 1. 1. GENERAL INFORMATION INFORMATION

n b b n b n b n b bn n

ANALOG (Balanced) (Balanced) OUTPUT z ANALOG OUTPUT výstup (symetrický) z ANALOG (Balanced) OUTPUT z Analogový • These are active balanced outputs using using XLR XLR type type • These are active balanced outputs ANALOG (Balanced) OUTPUT z •ANALOG jsouare aktivní symetrické výstupy používající konekto• Toto These active balanced outputs using XLR type (Balanced) OUTPUT z connections. The CD's or network's audio playback The CD's or network's audio playback ANALOG (Balanced) OUTPUT • ryconnections. These are(Balanced) balanced outputs using XLR type z ANALOG typu XLR. Zactive těchto konektorů vystupují signály přehráOUTPUT z The from CD's or network's audio playback • connections. These are active balanced outputs using XLR type OUTPUT z ANALOG signals are are(Balanced) output these connectors. output these connectors. • signals These active balanced outputs using type connections. The from CD's or network's audioXLR playback •• vání These are active balanced outputs using type CD nebo síťového signals are output these connectors. connections. The CD's or /network's audioXLR playback These active balanced outputs XLR type Pin layout layout 1. GNDfrom 2.zvuku. Hot 3. Cold using • Pin :: output 1. GND // 2. Hot 3. Cold connections. The CD's or /network's network's audio playback signals arepinů: from these connectors. connections. CD's or playback •••Rozvržení 1. zem (GND) 2. plus / audio 3. minus Pin layout 1. The GND / 2. Hot / network's 3./connectors. Cold signals are: connector output from these connections. The CD's or audio playback Applicable : • Applicable : Hot signals are:connector output from these connectors. Pin layout 1. GNDfrom / 2. / 3. Cold signals are output these connectors. Applicable connector : equivalent. Pin layout :XLR-3-31 1. GNDfrom /Cannon 2. Hot /XLR-3-31 3. Cold nebo ekvivalent. •• Použitelný signals arekonektor: output these connectors. Cannon or Cannon XLR-3-31 or equivalent. • Pin layout : 1. GND / 2. Hot / 3. Cold Applicable connector : •• Pin layout ::connector 1. Hot Cannon Applicable : equivalent. Pin layout XLR-3-31 1. GND GND //or2. 2. Hot // 3. 3. Cold Cold • Applicable connector : Cannon XLR-3-31 or equivalent. •• Applicable connector Cannon XLR-3-31 Applicable connectoror:: equivalent. POZNÁMKA: Cannon XLR-3-31 or or equivalent. equivalent. Cannon NOTE Cannon XLR-3-31 equivalent. :: XLR-3-31 • NOTE Nezkratujte kladný or nebo záporný pin se společným NOTE : • Do not short-circuit the hot hot or or cold cold pin pin with with the the •NOTE Do not: short-circuit the pinem. •NOTE Do not short-circuit the hot or cold pin with the : common pin. pin. common • common Do not short-circuit the hot or cold pin with the NOTE NOTE pin. • Do not::: short-circuit the hot or cold pin with the NOTE common pin. Do not not short-circuit short-circuit the hot hot or cold cold pin with with the ••• Do the common pin. Do not short-circuit the hot or or cold pin pin with the the common pin. common pin. LEVEL Control xOvladač common pin. LEVEL x LEVEL Control Control x •LEVEL Useovladače these controls tok adjust adjust the theúrovně level of of the thesignálů audio ••Tyto Use these controls level audio použijteto doladění audio LEVEL Control x • Use these controls to adjustOUT the connectors. level of the audio LEVEL Control x signals from the BALANCED signals from the BALANCED OUT connectors. LEVEL Control • Use these controls to adjust the level of the audio x LEVEL ze symetrických audio výstupů. Control x signals fromcontrols the BALANCED OUT • vycházejících Use these to adjust theconnectors. level of the audio Control x LEVEL • Use Use these controls to adjust adjustOUT theconnectors. level of of the audio audio signals fromcontrols the BALANCED • these to the level ANALOG (Unbalanced) OUTPUT signals from the BALANCED OUT connectors. c ANALOG • Use these(Unbalanced) controls to adjust the level of the the audio OUTPUT c signals from the BALANCED OUT connectors. ANALOG (Unbalanced) OUTPUT signals from the OUT connectors. c Analogový výstup (nesymetrický) These are are unbalanced outputs using RCA type type jacks. jacks. signals from the BALANCED BALANCED OUT connectors. •• These unbalanced outputs using RCA ANALOG (Unbalanced) OUTPUT c ••Toto These arenesymetrické unbalanced outputs using RCA typekonektory jacks. (Unbalanced) OUTPUT c •ANALOG jsou výstupy používající VARIABLE • VARIABLE ANALOG (Unbalanced) OUTPUT These are(Unbalanced) unbalanced outputs using RCA type jacks. c ANALOG OUTPUT c • typu VARIABLE These areremote unbalanced outputs type jacks.the (Unbalanced) c ANALOG UseRCA. the control unitOUTPUT orusing web RCA GUI to to adjust adjust Use the remote control unit or web GUI These are unbalanced outputs using RCA type jacks.the VARIABLE ••• These are unbalanced outputs using RCA type jacks. Use the remote control unit or web GUI to adjust VARIABLE These are unbalanced outputs using RCA type jacks.the output level. • • VARIABLE output level. VARIABLE Use the remote control unit or web GUI to adjust the •• VARIABLE output level. Use the remote control unit or web GUI to adjust the VARIABLE KUse doladění výstupní úrovně těchto výstupů použijte dálUse the remote control unit or web GUI to adjust the output level. the remote control unit or web GUI to adjust the DIGITAL (SPDIF) OUTPUT output level. v DIGITAL Use the remote control unit or web GUI to adjust the (SPDIF) OUTPUT v kový ovladač nebo webové rozhraní. output level. DIGITAL (SPDIF) OUTPUT output level. v DIGITAL This is is alevel. a coaxial coaxial output output using an an RCA RCA type type jack. jack. output •• This using (SPDIF) OUTPUT v •• This is aformat coaxial output using an RCA jack. DIGITAL (SPDIF) OUTPUT v Signal SPDIF(IEC-958 Typetype II ) or or AES/EBU • Signal SPDIF(IEC-958 Type II) AES/EBU DIGITAL (SPDIF) OUTPUT This is aformat coaxial:: output using an RCA type jack. vDigitální (SPDIF) OUTPUT v výstup (SPDIF) • Signal format : SPDIF(IEC-958 Type II) or AES/EBU This is a coaxial output using an RCA type jack. DIGITAL (SPDIF) OUTPUT v DIGITAL (select incoaxial menu): output (select in menu) • This is a using an RCA type jack. Signal format SPDIF(IEC-958 Type II) or AES/EBU This aain coaxial output using an type jack. ••• Toto jeis používající konektor typu RCA.in (select menu) Signal format :výstup SPDIF(IEC-958 Type II) or AES/EBU This iskoaxiální coaxial output an RCA RCA type jack. Sampling frequency 32 /44.1 /44.1 /48 /Auto (select • Signal Sampling frequency :: using 32 /48 /Auto in Signal format : SPDIF(IEC-958 SPDIF(IEC-958 Type II) or or (select AES/EBU (select in menu) • format : Type II) AES/EBU • Sampling frequency : 32 /44.1 /48 /Auto (select in (select in menu):SPDIF • Formát signálu: (IEC-958 Typ II) nebo AES/EBU Signal format SPDIF(IEC-958 Type II) or AES/EBU menu) (select in menu) • menu) Sampling frequency : 32 /44.1 /48 /Auto (select in (select menu) menu) • (voleno Sampling frequency : 32 /44.1 /48 /Auto (select in (select vin inmenu) menu) Sampling frequency :: 32 32 /44.1 /44.1 /48 /48 /Auto /Auto (select (select in in menu) ••• Sampling frequency menu) Sampling frequency : 32 /44.1 /48 (voleno /Auto (select in • Vzorkovací frekvence: 32/44,1/48/Auto v menu) menu) menu) menu)

m m m m m m

, , , , , ,

SERIAL NO. SERIAL SERIAL NO. NO. SERIAL NO. SERIAL NO. SERIAL NO. SERIAL NO. SERIAL NO. SERIAL NO.

. . . . . .

DIGITAL (AES/EBU) (AES/EBU) OUTPUT b DIGITAL OUTPUT Digitální výstup (AES/EBU) b (AES/EBU) OUTPUT b DIGITAL • This is a balanced output using an an XLR XLR type type jack. jack. • This is a balanced output using DIGITAL (AES/EBU) OUTPUT b •DIGITAL je digitální výstup používající konektor • Toto This is asymetrický balanced output using an XLR type jack. (AES/EBU) OUTPUT b 1.Common / 2.Hot / 3.Cold. 1.Common / 2.Hotoutput / 3.Cold. DIGITAL (AES/EBU) OUTPUT • typu ThisXLR. is a (AES/EBU) balanced using an XLR type jack. b DIGITAL OUTPUT b 1.Common / 2.Hot / 3.Cold. • This is a balanced output using an XLR type jack. (AES/EBU) OUTPUT b DIGITAL Signal format SPDIF(IEC-958 Type II) orjack. AES/EBU •• Signal :: SPDIF(IEC-958 or AES/EBU This is aformat balanced output using anType XLRII) type 1.Common / 2.Hot / 3.Cold.

•• společný This is balanced using XLR type 1. /menu) 2./ plus /output 3. minus Signal : SPDIF(IEC-958 orjack. AES/EBU 1.Common 2.Hot / 3.Cold. This is aaformat output using an anType XLRII) type jack. (select inbalanced (select in menu) 1.Common 2.Hot 3.Cold. Signal format :SPDIF SPDIF(IEC-958 Type II)nebo or AES/EBU 1.Common /// 2.Hot /// 3.Cold. •••• Formát signálu: (IEC-958 Typ II)/Auto AES/EBU (select in menu) Signal format : SPDIF(IEC-958 Type II) or (select AES/EBU 1.Common 2.Hot 3.Cold. Sampling frequency : 32 /44.1 /48 in Sampling frequency : 32 /44.1 Type /48 /Auto in Signal format SPDIF(IEC-958 Type II) or or (select AES/EBU (select format in menu) ••• (voleno Signal ::: SPDIF(IEC-958 II) AES/EBU Sampling frequency : 32 /44.1 Type /48 /Auto (select in (select inmenu) menu) vformat Signal SPDIF(IEC-958 II) or AES/EBU menu) (select in in menu) menu) • menu) Sampling frequency : 32 /44.1 /48 /Auto (select in (select menu) Sampling frequency 32 /44.1 /48 /Auto (select in (select in menu) ••• Vzorkovací frekvence: :32/44,1/48/Auto (voleno v menu) Applicable connector: cannon XLR-3-31 or equivalent equivalent •• Applicable connector: XLR-3-31 or Sampling frequency 32 /44.1 /44.1 /48 /Auto /Auto (select in in menu) Sampling frequency :::cannon 32 /48 (select • Applicable connector: cannon XLR-3-31 or equivalent menu) Sampling frequency 32 /44.1 /48 /Auto (select in •• Použitelný konektor: ekvivalent. menu) Applicable connector:Cannon cannonXLR-3-31 XLR-3-31 nebo or equivalent menu) RS232C connector • Applicable connector: cannon XLR-3-31 or equivalent n menu) RS232C connector n Applicable connector: cannon cannon XLR-3-31 XLR-3-31 or or equivalent equivalent connector •••Connector Applicable connector: n RS232C for serial control control fromXLR-3-31 an external external device. Applicable connector: cannon or device. equivalent Connector for serial from an RS232C connector Konektor RS232C n Connector connector for serial control from an external device. RS232C n RS232C connector Connector for serial control from an external device. n Konektor ovládání z externího zařízení. connector n PARALLEL connector Connectorpro forsériové serial control from an external device. m RS232C RS232C connector n PARALLEL m Connector for for connector serial control control from from an an external external device. device. connector Connector serial m PARALLEL Connector for parallel control from an external device. serial control Connector for parallel controlfrom fromananexternal externaldevice. device. PARALLEL connector m Connector for parallel control from an external device. PARALLEL connector m Konektor PARALLEL PARALLEL connector Connector for connector parallel control from an external device. m PARALLEL m LAN connector Connector forparalelní parallel control from an external device. , LAN PARALLEL connector m Konektor pro ovládání z externího zařízení. connector , Connector for parallel parallel control control from an external external device. connector Connector for from an device. , LAN 10BASE-T and 100BASE-TX RJ-45 LAN terminal for Connector for parallel control from an external device. for 10BASE-T and 100BASE-TX RJ-45 LAN terminal LAN connector , 10BASE-T and 100BASE-TX RJ-45 LAN terminal for LAN connector , network connection. network connection. LAN connector 10BASE-T and Konektor LAN100BASE-TX RJ-45 LAN terminal for , LAN connector , network connection. 10BASE-T and 100BASE-TX RJ-45 LAN terminal for LAN connector , RJ-45 10BASE-T and 100BASE-TX 100BASE-TX LAN terminal terminal for network connection. LAN terminál 10BASE-T RJ-45 a 100BASE-TX pro síťové 10BASE-T and AC inlet network connection. . AC 10BASE-T and 100BASE-TX RJ-45 RJ-45 LAN LAN terminal for for inlet . network connection. propojení. inletconnection. network . AC Connect the included included power power cord cord here. here. network connection. Connect the AC inlet . Connect the included power cord here. AC inlet . AC inletthe Connect included power cord here. . AC inlet . Connect included power cord here. AC inletthe vstup . Síťový Connect the the included power power cord cord here. here. Connect included Connect the included power cord here. Zde připojte dodávaný napájecí kabel.

5 5 5 5 5 5 55

ENGLISH

1. OBECNÉ INFORMACE 1. GENERAL INFORMATION (3) Displej (3) Display Určité ikony a znakové displeje vás informují o současném stavuoperating obsluhy status a položkách menu zařízení. Specific Icons and Character displays inform you of the current and menu items of the device.

[Základní obsluha CD] [Basic CD Operation] Když svítí „TOTAL“, zobrazený čas představuje celkový čas skladby nebo souboru.

„TOTAL“ může takétosvítit v režimu indikátorem indikuje celkový počet skladeb nebo souborů u sou“TOTAL” illuminates indicate that thestop timesdisplayed is the„TRACK“, TOTAL timecož of the track or file. časného disku nebo “TOTAL” can also be litadresáře. with “TRACK” in stop mode to indicate the total number of tracks or files in the current disc or directory. Když svítí „REMAIN“, čas právě skladby. “REMAIN” illuminates tozobrazený indicate thatčas thepředstavuje time displayedzbývající is the remaining timepřehrávané of the currently playing track. „REMAIN“ může indikátorem „TOTAL“, cožthe indikuje zbývající “REMAIN” can alsotaké be litsvítit with sthe “TOTAL” icon to indicate TOTAL celkový REMAINING time ofčas the disku. disc. Both icons that the time displayed thejeELAPSED of the currently playing track or file. Když jsou off oběindicates ikony vypnuté, znamená to,isže zobrazentime přehraný čas právě přehrávané skladby nebo souboru. Svítí v režimu Lights inopakorepeat playback mode. vaného přehrávání. SvítíLights v režimu náhodin random playback mode. ného přehrávání.

Svítí, když auto je zapnutý režim Light when cue mode is on.auto cue. Svítí, zapnutý režim mode programovaného přehrávání. Lights když whenje program playback is on. Svítí, zapnutý režim přehrávání jedné skladby. Lights když whenje single playback mode is on. Některá z ikonlights svítíaccording v závislosti nafinish režimu konce přehrávání. Either of icons to the mode. Bliká, když pracuje o konci. Flashing while end of funkce messagezprávy is working. Zobrazuje regulace Displays thenastavení pitch control setting. rychlosti.

Číslo skladby Číslo number indexu Track number / / Index Total number počet of Tracks celkový skladeb

ČasPlaying přehrávání (minuty sekundy) time (minute anda second)

Číslo rámce Frame number

Zobrazuje textové zprávy Displays různé variousinformace informationaand text message

[Obsluha audio souboru] [Audio file Operation] Svítí, zvolený audio kořenovém disku. Lights když whenje selected audio file soubor is in rootvdirectory of theadresáři disc. Svítí, vložen diskdisc a audio daty. Lights když whenje the audio data is loaded. Svítí, a zobrazená vzorkovací nebo přenosová rychLights když when je thedostupná sampling frequency or bitrate of the filefrekvence playing is available and displayed. lost přehrávaného souboru. Lights when the playing time is displayed in the character display. Svítí, když je na znakovém displeji zobrazován přehrávací čas.

Číslonumber skladby/ / Track Totalcelkový number počet of Tracks

6

skladeb

6

ČasPlaying přehrávání (hodiny, minuty, sekundy a číslo rámce) time (hour, minute, second and frame number) Zobrazuje informace o souboru, čase atd. Displays file information, recorded time, andnahraném the other information

(4) Remote control unit (RC-1061) (4) Dálkový ovladač (RC-1061)

y A-B button

(4) (4) Remote Remote Remote control control control unit unit unit (RC-1061) (RC-1061) (RC-1061) (4) (4)(4) Remote Remote control control unit unit (RC-1061) (RC-1061)

ENGLISH

1. GENERAL INFORMATION 1. OBECNÉ INFORMACE

1. 1. 1.GENERAL GENERAL GENERAL INFORMATION INFORMATION INFORMATION 1. 1. GENERAL GENERAL INFORMATION INFORMATION

Press this A-B to set or cancel the A-B repeat function.  Tlačítko

1. GENERAL INFORMATION

Toto stiskněte k nastavení nebo zrušení funkce opakování END MON button uA-B. !4 q Press this to start the End Monitor funciton. !5 A-B A-B button button button y yA-B w(4) Remote control unit (RC-1061) A-B button button y yA-B  END MON UTILITY button iTlačítko Press Press Press this this to to toor set set set or or orcancel cancel cancel the theA-B A-B A-B repeat repeat repeat function. function. function. Press Pressthis thisthis to toset set or cancel cancel the thethe A-B A-B repeat repeat function. function. !6 Press this to enter the Utility menu. Toto stiskněte k spuštění funkce End Monitor (monitorováe q END END END MON MON MON button button button u uA-B !4 oní3konce). END MON MON button button !7 !4 u uEND !4!4 q qq / 4y / 1Press /this 2button buttons Press Press this this this to to tostart start start the the theEnd End End Monitor Monitor Monitor funciton. funciton. funciton. Press Press this to to start start the End Monitor Monitor funciton. funciton. Press this to setthe orEnd cancel the A-B repeat function. r w Use these for menu selection and 1 / 2 for track !5  Tlačítko !8 !5 !5!5 w ww UTILITY UTILITY UTILITY button button button selection. i iUTILITY UTILITY UTILITY button button i i END MON button u !4 !6 !6 Toto stiskněte k vyvolání menu Utility. !9 t q !6 !6 Press Press Press this this this to to toenter enter enter the the the Utility Utility Utility menu. menu. menu. Press Press this this to to enter enter the thethe Utility Utility menu. Press this to start Endmenu. Monitor funciton. e e e e INDEX+/– buttons !0 @0 y !7 !7  Tlačítka !7 !7!5 w 3 3 3 4 4 11 2 2 2buttons buttons buttons Press this to the index (Audio CDs) or directory o o//UTILITY 3 4 4/////select /4 11//////1 2 2////buttons buttons @1 o o3 u r button i r r r Use Use Use these these these for for for menu menu menu selection selection selection and and 1122///pro 2 22 for for for track track track !8 !8 (Audio data discs / Network drive). !6 Tato tlačítka použijte pro výběrthe menu a tlačítka Use UsePress these these for menu menu selection selection and andand 11 ///1 for for track track !8 !8 @2 thisfor to enter Utility menu. e selection. selection. selection. selection. selection. skladby. i t @3 !9 !9 !9 !1výběr t STOPo button !9!7 tt 3 / 4 / 1 / 2 buttons INDEX+/– INDEX+/– INDEX+/– buttons buttons buttons r Press this to stop the playback. !0 !0 @0 @0 INDEX+/– INDEX+/– buttons buttons !0 !0 @4 !8 y @0 @0  Tlačítka INDEX+/– o Use these for menu selection and 1 / 2 for track y yy Press Press Press this this this to to to select select select the the index index index (Audio (Audio (Audio CDs) CDs) CDs) or or or directory directory directory @1 @1 Press Press this this to to select select the thethe index index (Audio (Audio CDs) CDs) or or directory directory u u selection. @1 @1!9 !2Tato u ut tlačítka použijte k výběru (Audio CD) nebo adSKIP BACK button (Audio (Audio (Audio data data data discs discs discs ///indexu Network Network Network drive). drive). drive). (Audio (Audio data data discs discs / / Network Network drive). drive). @2 @2 @2 @2@0 resáře !0 y disky /buttons síťová jednotka). Press (audio this INDEX+/– fordata instant replay of the currently playing audio. !0 STOP i @3 ii @3@3 @5 @3 !1 i STOP button button button !1 !1STOP STOP STOP button button !1 !1 Press this to select the index (Audio CDs) or directory @1 u � / §Press buttons !3Tlačítko Press Press Press this this to to tostop stop stop the theplayback. playback. playback. Press this thisthis to tostop stop the the/the playback. playback.  STOP @4 @4 o o (Audio data discs Network drive). @4 @4 o o @6 !2 @2 Toto Press these to skip from track to track or file to file. stiskněte k zastavení přehrávání. i SKIP SKIP SKIP BACK BACK BACK button button button !2 !2STOP SKIP BACK BACK button button !2 !2SKIP button !1 @7 @3 !4 EJECT !3 button !0 Press Press Press this this this for for forinstant instant instant replay replay replay of of ofthe the thecurrently currently currently playing playing playing audio. audio. audio. !0 !0!0 Press Press this this for for instant instant replay of ofthe the currently currently playing playing audio. audio. Press this to stopreplay the playback. Press this SKIP to ejectBACK the disc. @5 @5  Tlačítko !1 !1 @5 @5@4 !1 !1o � � § § § buttons buttons buttons stiskněte k///okamžitému zopakování právě přehráva!3 !3/SKIP � � /� § § buttons buttons !3 !3 BACK button !2 @6 !5Toto !2 LOCK button @6 @6@6 Press Press Press these these these to to toskip skip skip from from from track track track to to totrack track track or or orto file file file to to tofile. file. file. !2 !2!2 ného zvuku. Press Press these these tofor skip skip from from track track to to track or orfile file to file. file. !0 Press thisto instant replay oftrack the currently playing audio. Press this to lock or unlock the buttons on the front @5 !1 @7  Tlačítka !3 EJECT EJECT EJECT button button button panel. !4 !4� @7 @7@7 !3 !3!3 EJECT button !4 !4EJECT // button § buttons !3 Press Press Press this this this to to toeject eject eject the thedisc. disc. disc. @6 Press Press thisthese to toeject eject thezthe disc. disc. !2 Press to the skip from to track file to file. k this přeskakování jednétrack skladby na ordruhou RANDOM button !6Používejte LOCK LOCK LOCK button button button Press this to set the random playback mode. !5 !5EJECT LOCK LOCK button button !5 !5souboru). @7 (nebo !3 button !4 Press Press Press this this this to to to lock lock lock or or or unlock unlock unlock the the the buttons buttons buttons on on on the the the front front front Press Press this this to to lock lock or or unlock unlock the the buttons buttons on on the the front front

Press this to eject the disc. PROGRAM button !7Tlačítko panel. panel. panel.  EJECT panel. panel.

qTlačítko POWERPOWER button

Press this to turn thekpower onnebo or off. Toto tlačítko stiskněte zapnutí vypnutí přístroje.

PITCH +/– buttons wTlačítko PITCH +/– Press these buttons to adjust the Pitch up(+) or down(-).

Tato tlačítka mačkejte k doladění rychlosti nahoru (+) nebo POWER POWER button button button q qPOWER POWER button button q qPOWER dolů (–). PITCH ON/OFF button Press Press Press this this to to toturn turn turn the thepower power power on on on or or oroff. off. off. Press Press this thisthis to toturn turn the thethe power power on onor or off. off. Press this to turn the pitch control function on or off.

Press this LOCK to enter the program Toto stiskněte k vysunutí disku. mode. button !5 RANDOM RANDOM button button button !6 !6RANDOM RANDOM button !6 !6RANDOM Press thisbutton to lock or unlock the buttons on the front button !8 RECALL Press Press Press this this this to to to set set set the therandom random random playback playback playback mode. mode. mode. Press Press this thisto toset setthe thethe random random playback playback mode. mode. panel. Tlačítko Press this LOCK to recall the programmed track. Toto!7 stiskněte k zablokování nebo odblokování tlačítek na PROGRAM PROGRAM PROGRAM button button button !7 !7RANDOM PROGRAM PROGRAM button button !7 button !6 CANCEL button !9předním panelu. Press Press Press this this this to to toenter enter enter the the theprogram program program mode. mode. mode. Press Press this this to to enter enter the the program mode. Press this to set theprogram randommode. playback mode. Press this to cancel a selection in program setting.



RECALL RECALL RECALL button button button !8 !8RANDOM RECALL button button !8 !8RECALL  PROGRAM button !7 REPEAT button @0Tlačítko Press Press Pressthis this thisto to torecall recall recallthe the theprogrammed programmed programmedtrack. track. track.

Press Press this to torecall recall the thethe programmed programmed track. track. Press this to enter program mode. Toto stiskněte kthis nastavení režimu náhodného přehrávání. Press this to set repeat playback.

CANCEL CANCEL CANCEL button button button !9 !9RECALL CANCEL button button !9 !9CANCEL button !8 PITCH PITCH PITCH +/– +/– +/– buttons buttons buttons w w Tlačítko PITCH ON/OFF  Tlačítko PROGRAM NETWORK button @1 PITCH +/– +/– buttons buttons w wPITCH Press Press Press this this this to to to cancel cancel cancel aaaselection selection selection in in inprogram program program setting. setting. setting. POWER button q Press Press Press this thisthis to tocancel cancel aaselection selection ininprogram program setting. setting. Press to recall the programmed track. 0-9stiskněte buttons eToto Press Press these these these buttons buttons buttons to to toadjust adjust adjust the the the Pitch Pitch Pitch up(+) up(+) up(+) or or ordown(-). down(-). down(-). Press this to switch between theprogramování. network drive or internal kthese zapnutí vypnutí funkce ovládání rychToto stiskněte k vyvolání režimu Press Press these buttons to adjust adjust the the Pitch up(+) up(+) or ordown(-). down(-). Press thisbuttons tonebo turnto the power onPitch or off. Press these to select the desired track in the stop mode. REPEAT REPEAT REPEAT button button button drive. @0 @0CANCEL losti. REPEAT button button @0 @0REPEAT button !9 PITCH PITCH PITCH ON/OFF ON/OFF ON/OFF button button button PITCH PITCH ON/OFF ON/OFF button button Press Press Press this this this to to to set set setrepeat repeat repeat playback. playback. playback. PITCH +/– buttons w Press Press this this to to set set repeat playback.  Tlačítko RECALL Press this to repeat cancel aplayback. selection in program setting. button r DISPLAY Press Press Press this this this to to toturn turn turn the thepitch pitch pitch control control control function function function on on on or or oroff. off. off. MENU/STORE button @2Toto Press Press this thisthese to toturn turn the thethe pitch pitch control control function function on onor or off. off. Press buttons to adjust the Pitch up(+) or down(-).  Tlačítka 0-9 stiskněte k vyvolání naprogramované skladby. Press this to change the time mode on the display. NETWORK NETWORK NETWORK button button button Press this to enter the preset menu or to store changes @1 @1REPEAT NETWORK button button @1 @1NETWORK button @0 Používejte výběru požadované skladby v režimu stop. 0-9 0-9 0-9 buttons buttons buttons e ekPITCH 0-9 buttons buttons e e0-9 Press Press Press this this this to to to switch switch switch between between between the the the network network network drive drive drive or or orinternal internal internal made in the preset menu. ON/OFF button Press Press this thisthis to toswitch switch between the thenetwork network drive drive or orinternal internal Press to setbetween repeat playback. button t TEXTPress Press Press Press these these these to to toselect select select the the thedesired desired desired track track track in in inthe the thestop stop stop mode. mode. mode.  Tlačítko CANCEL Press these these totoselect select the thepitch desired desired track track ininthe the stop stop mode. mode. drive. drive. drive. Press thisto turn the control function on or off. drive. drive. Press thisDISPLAY to display the CD Text or ID3 tag information.  Tlačítko Toto stiskněte k zrušení výběru během nastavování proNETWORK button @1 DISPLAY DISPLAY DISPLAY button button button r r DISPLAY button button rDISPLAY MENU/STORE MENU/STORE button button button @2 @2MENU/STORE Toto r stiskněte režimu času na displeji. 0-9k změně buttons e gramu. MENU/STORE button button @2 @2MENU/STORE Press this to switch between the network drive or internal Press Press Press this this this to to tochange change change the thetime time time mode mode mode on on onthe the thedisplay. display. display. Press Press this thisthese to tochange change the thethe time time mode mode on on the the display. display. Press to select the desired track in the stop mode.

 Tlačítko TEXT TEXT TEXT button button button t tTEXT TEXT button button t tTEXT DISPLAY button r



Press Press Press this this to to toenter enter enter the the preset preset preset menu menu menu or or orstore to to tostore store store changes changes changes Press Press this thisthis to to enter enter the thethe preset preset menu menu or or to to store changes changes drive. made made made in in in the the the preset preset preset menu. menu. menu. made made in in the the preset preset menu. menu. Tlačítko REPEAT

button přehrávání. @2 MENU/STORE Toto stiskněte kthis zobrazování CDthe Text nebo ID3 taginformation. inforToto stiskněte k nastavení opakovaného Press Press Press this this this to to todisplay display display the the CD CD CD Text Text Text or or orID3 ID3 ID3 tag tag tag information. information. information. Press Press this to todisplay display the the CD CD Text Text or or ID3 ID3 tag tag information. Press this to change the time mode on the display. Press this to enter the preset menu or to store changes mací. made in the preset menu.

7

t TEXT button

Press this to display the CD Text or ID3 tag information.

7

7

• Loading batteries Before using the supplied remote control unit for the first time, load the batteries in the remote control unit. The batteries provided are used to verify the operations of the remote control unit only.

1. OBECNÉ INFORMACE

 Tlačítko NETWORK

Toto mačkejte k přepínání mezi síťovou a interní jednotkou (diskem).

the • Ba vo tog • If of bat

1. Take hold of the tab on the battery cover which is found on the back sidekrytu of the remote control unit, and it 1. Uchopte pojistku baterií, kterou naleznete na pull zadní up. straně dálkového ovladače a přitáhněte ji nahoru.

 Tlačítko MENU/STORE

Toto stiskněte k vyvolání menu předvoleb nebo uložení

ENGLISH

ENGLISH ENGLISH ENGLISH

1. změn GENERAL INFORMATION provedených v menu předvoleb. 1. GENERAL INFORMATION 1. GENERAL INFORMATION 1. GENERAL INFORMATION LFORMATION RAL INFORMATION INFORMATION  Tlačítka VOL+/– 2. Load the two new size “AAA” batteries inside the battery VOL+/– @3Tato tlačítkabuttons použijte k změně přehrávací výstupní hlasitostaking care to alignbatteries their the polarities 2. compartment Load the new size “AAA” batteries inside battery 2. two Loadwhile the two new size “AAA” inside the battery these to nesymetrického change the playback volume output VOL+/– buttons VOL+/– buttons @3tiPress @3 přes konektory výstupu (VARIABLE). 2. Do Load thewith two new size “AAA” batteries inside the battery correctly the polarity markings ( with and with 2. přihrádky pro baterie vložte dvě nové baterie velikosti VOL+/– buttons @3 compartment while taking care to align their polarities compartment while taking care to align their polarities through the unbalanced VARIABLE Output jacks. 2. playback Load 2. the Load the 2. playback two Load the new two the new size two “AAA” new size “AAA” size batteries “AAA” batteries inside batteries inside theinside battery the battery the battery change volume output Pressto these to the change volume output ons /– uttons buttons Press these compartment while taking care to align polarities ). align Press these to the change the playback volume output „AAA“. Dbejte správnou polaritu vmarkings s( označením correctly with the polarity markings (souladu withtheir and with correctly with the polarity with and with compartment compartment while while taking while taking care taking care to care to align their to na align their polarities their polarities polarities through the unbalanced VARIABLE Output jacks. through unbalanced VARIABLE Output jacks. ethese change to change to the change the playback playback the playback volume volume output volume output outputcompartment  Tlačítko ENTER correctly with the polarity markings ( with and with ENTER button @4 through the unbalanced VARIABLE Output jacks. ). ). polarity ( s a s ). correctly correctly with correctly with the polarity with the polarity the markings polarity markings markings ( ( ( with with and with and with and with with alanced hunbalanced the unbalanced VARIABLE VARIABLE VARIABLE Output Output jacks. Output jacks.výběru v menu. ). Size “AAA” (UU-4) batteries × 2 stiskněte k jacks. potvrzení 8 Press this to confirm selections in the ENTER button button ). menus. ). ). @4Toto @4 ENTER 2x Size baterie velikosti „AAA“ (UU-4) ENTER button @4 “AAA” (UU-4) batteries ×batteries 2 Size “AAA” (UU-4) ×2 Press this to confirm selections in the menus. Press this to confirm selections in the menus. utton R n button @5 PLAY/PAUSE button Size “AAA” (UU-4) batteries ×2 Press this to confirm selections in the menus.  Tlačítko PLAY/PAUSE Size “AAA” Size “AAA” Size (UU-4) “AAA” (UU-4) batteries (UU-4) batteries × batteries 2 × 2 × 2 ohis firm confirm toselections confirm selections selections in theinmenus. theinmenus. the menus. Press this to start playback orbutton pause playback. PLAY/PAUSE button @5Toto @5 PLAY/PAUSE stiskněte k spuštění nebo přerušení přehrávání. PLAY/PAUSE button @5 Press thisPress to start playback pause playback. this to start or playback or pause playback. USE /PAUSE button button button CUE @6pause Pressbutton this to start playback or pause playback. ohis t start playback to start playback or playback or pause playback. or pause playback. playback. @6 Tlačítko CUE Press to return to the position at which playback CUEthis button CUE button @6 Toto stiskněte knext návratu na pozici, kde přehrávání začalo CUE button @6 started or the track. Press thisPress to return the position which atplayback this toto return to the at position which playback button on

Press this to next return tonext the track. position at which playback nebo na následující skladbu. or the track. started or the this to turn o return to to return the to position the to started position the at which at which at playback which playback playback 5started / 6position buttons @7 or the next track. he xt eornext track. the next track.track. 3. Push the battery cover down in the direction of the arrow Press thisbuttons change the positions where 5/6 5to// accurately 6 buttons @7Tlačítka @7 closethe 5 / 6 buttons @7 playback will to start or to operate as FFthe or positions FR whenpositions held 3. toPush battery down in the direction the arrow 3.it. Push thecover battery cover down in the of direction of the arrow Press this accurately change where this accurately where 6 uttons nsbuttons Mačkejte k Press přesné změně pozice, kdechange začne the přehrávání 3. Vraťte Push theit. battery cover down in šipky, the direction of the arrow 3. zpět kryt baterií ve směru až pojistka zacvakPress this to accurately change the positions where down. to close to close it. 3. Push 3. Push the 3. battery Push the battery the cover battery cover down cover down in the down in direction the in direction the of direction the of arrow the of arrow the arrow playback will start or operate as FF or FR when held playback will start or operate as FF or FR when held this ccurately to accurately to accurately change change the change positions the positions the positions where where where nebo jako převíjení vpřed a vzad, když tlačítko přidržíte. to close it. playback will start or operate as FFto or FRclose when ne. close it.to it. it. held down. down. art llk start will or operate start or operate or as operate FF as orFFas FR orFF when FRor when FR held when held heldto close down. • Operational range



• Provozní rozsah

• AsOperational range shown in the figure below, the player can be operated • Operational range je zobrazeno na obrázku níže, přehrávač může být ob•Jak Operational range byAs the remote control unit in athe range which of 5 operated ange tional al range range shownAsin shown the figure below, player canplayer be about operated in the figure below, the can be

sluhován dálkovým ovladačem v rozsahu docan 5over metrů od čiAs shown thecontrol figure below, player be operated meters from the remote angle byplayer theplayer remote unit in the asensor range which ofan about 5 about 5 byin the remote control unit inand a range which of wn figure theinfigure the below, figure below, the below, the the can player be canplayer’s operated be canoperated be operated dla dálkového ovládání na přístroji adegrees až 30 stupňů nalevo by the remote control unit in a range which of about up to 30 degrees to the left and 30 to the right of 5 an angle meters the player’s and over an meters from the player’s remote sensor andangle over ontrol te emote control unit control unit in a in unit range a in range which afrom range which of which about of about of 5 remote about 5 5sensor athe napravo v přímém směru kremote čidlu dálkového ovládání. meters from the player’s sensor over angle position in front. up tosensor 30 degrees to the left degrees theanright updirectly to 30 degrees the30 left andand 30 to degrees to of the right of player’s the romplayer’s theremote player’s remote sensor remote and sensor over and over an and angle over an angle antoand angle up to 30 degrees to the left and 30 degrees to the right of the position directly in front. the position rees to degrees the toleft thetoand left the30 and left degrees 30 anddegrees 30 to degrees the toright the todirectly right of the right of in front. of the position directly in front. directly tion ly indirectly front. in front. in front. 5m 5m 5m

5m

CAUTION: CAUTION: CAUTION:

CAUTION: Misuse of CAUTION: the batteries can result in electrolyte leakage, CAUTION: UPOZORNĚNÍ: rupturing, corrosion, CAUTION: Misuse of the batteries can resultcan in electrolyte leakage, leakage, Misuse ofetc. the batteries result in electrolyte

Bear in mind thebatteries following points when using batteries. Misuse ofrupturing, the result ink vytečení electrolyte leakage, použití baterií může vést elektrolytu, rupturing, corrosion, etc.can corrosion, etc. Misuse Misuse ofMisuse the ofbatteries theofbatteries the can batteries result canNesprávné result can in electrolyte result in electrolyte in electrolyte leakage, leakage, leakage, • Remove the batteries from the remote control unit if batteries. rupturing, corrosion, etc. Bear in mind the following points when using batteries. Bear in mind the following points when using roztržení, korozi atd. rupturing, rupturing, rupturing, corrosion, corrosion, corrosion, etc. etc. etc. the unit is• not going to bebatteries used forwhen aremote prolonged period (a if Bear in mind the following points using batteries. • Remove the batteries from the control unit Remove the from the remote control unit if Bear Bear in mind Bear in mind the in following mind the following the following points points points when using using batteries. using batteries. batteries. Přiwhen používání baterií mějte na paměti: orwhen more). 60° •month Remove the batteries from the remote control unit if period (a the unit is not going to be used for a prolonged period (a the unit is not going to be used for a prolonged • Remove • Remove • the Remove batteries the batteries the from batteries from the from remote the remote the control remote control unit control if unit if unit if •• Pokud se nechystáte zařízení delší dobu (měsíc Do not use an battery a používat new one. the unit notold going to betogether used forwith a prolonged period (a month orismonth more). or more). 60° 60° the unit theisunit the notisunit going notisgoing not to be going toused beto for be aused for prolonged a for prolonged avytáhněte prolonged period period (abaterie period (a z(adálkového nebo více), ovladače. •used Insert the batteries while ensuring that their a and · poles month or more). 60° • Do not use an old battery together with a new one. • Do not use an old battery together with a new one. month month or more). month or more). or more). 0° 60° 60° are properly aligned with the corresponding markings on ••Nepoužívejte Do notthe an old battery together with a new one. •together starou baterii společně s novou. Insert batteries while ensuring their athat and · poles •use Insert batteries whilethat ensuring their a and · poles • Do•not Douse •not Doan use not old an use battery oldanbattery old together battery with together with a new with a new one. athe new one. one. the remote control unit. • Insert the batteries while ensuring that their a and · poles are properly aligned with the corresponding markings on are properly aligned with thepóly corresponding markings on • Vkládejte baterie tak, aby byly jejich + a – správně • Insert • Insert the • Insert batteries the batteries thewhile batteries while ensuring while ensuring that ensuring their that their a that and a their · and poles a · and poles · poles • Batteries with the unit. same shape may havemarkings differenton are properly aligned with the corresponding the remote control the remote control unit. are properly are properly arealigned properly aligned with aligned with the corresponding the with corresponding the corresponding markings markings on markings on on orientovány podle značek na dálkovém ovladači. •• Vkládání Loadingbaterií batteries voltages. nottheuse different types of may batteries the remote control unit. Batteries with same may have different • Do Batteries with theshape same shape have different thedálkového remote the remote the control remote control unit. control unit. unit. • ••Baterie stejného tvaru můžou mít rozdílné napětí. Nepoprvním použitím dodávaného ovladače together. Batteries with the use same shape may have different •Před Loading batteries Before using the supplied remote• control unit for the first • Loading batteries voltages. Do not different types of batteries voltages. Do not use different types of batteries Batteries • Batteries • Batteries with with the with same the same the shape same shape may shape may have may have different have different different • Loading batteries společně různé baterií. types • užívejte If together. electrolyte leaked, thoroughly wipe of thebatteries inside do něj vložte baterie. Přiložené baterie jsou vhodné pouze voltages. Dohasnot usetypy different time, load the batteries in remote the remote control unit. The together. ng eries atteries batteries Before using the supplied control unit the first voltages. voltages. voltages. Dofor not Do not use Do not different different different types types of types batteries of batteries of batteries Before using the supplied remote control unit foruse theuse first oftogether. compartment, and then insert new • •Pokud zbattery vytekl elektrolyt, pečlivě vytřete prostor kbatteries ověření funkčnosti dálkového ovladače. Before using the supplied remote control unit forunit. the first If the electrolyte has leaked, wipe the wipe insidethe inside •baterií If electrolyte hasthoroughly leaked, thoroughly provided are used to verify operations of the together. together. together. time, load the batteries inthe the remote control The unit. The time, load the inthethe remote control using supplied the supplied the remote supplied remote control remote control unit control for unit the for unit first the forbatteries first first batteries. • If electrolyte has leaked, thoroughly wipe the inside of the battery compartment, and then insert of the battery compartment, and then insert new přihrádky pro baterie, poté vložte nové baterie. time, load the batteries in the remote control unit. The remote control unit only. • If electrolyte • If electrolyte • If electrolyte has leaked, has leaked, has thoroughly leaked, thoroughly thoroughly wipe wipe the wipe inside the inside the inside batteries provided are used to The verify operations of the of theof the battery compartment, and then insert new batteries provided are used the to verify the operations he atteries ad e batteries the batteries in the in remote the in remote thecontrol remote control unit. control unit. The unit. The new batteries. batteries. batteries provided are used to verify the operations of the of of the battery of battery the compartment, battery compartment, compartment, and and then and then insert then insert new insert new new remote control unit only. remote control unit only. svided are provided used are used to areverify used to verify the to verify operations the operations the operations of the of theof the batteries. batteries. batteries. remote 1. Take holdcontrol of theunit tabonly. on the batterybatteries. cover which is found control ol it only. unit only. unit only. thehold back of the remote unit, andispull it is found 1. onTake ofside the tabof onthe thetab battery which found 1. Take hold oncontrol thecover battery cover which 1. up. Takethe hold of the the tab on the battery coverunit, which is unit, found on back side of the remote control and pull itand pull it on back side of the remote control old tab the ofon tab the the on tab battery the onbattery thecover battery cover which cover which is found which is found is found on the back side of the remote control unit, and pull it up. eback side of the side of remote the of remote theup. control remote control unit, control unit, and unit, pull and itpull and itpull it up.

8

INSTALACE INSTALLATION

Montáž do �■ Mounting in aregálu rack

ENGLISH

PŘÍPRAVA 2.2.PREPARATIONS

DN-C640 má velikost 1U, umožňující jeho montáž • •The DN-C640 is of 1U size, allowing it to be mounted in do EIAEIA standardizovaných 19palcových regálů. standard 19-inch racks. When mounting the DN-C640 in a použijte rack, usepřístrojové guide rails vodící or Při montáži DN-C640 do regálu shelf boards, etc., on the rack side to prevent from kolejnice nebo regálové police apod., aby jsteweight předešli působeing to thena front of the DN-C640. TheSamotné fittings alone beníapplied váhy pouze přední část DN-C640. uchycecannot support the weight of the DN-C640 (4.3 kg).kg). ní čela není schopné udržet váhu DN-C640 (4,3 Do not cover the the unit.Nezapomeňte, Remember, heat Nezakrývejte hornítop krytofpřístroje. horníisplodispersed from the DN-C640’s upper surface. chou DN-C640 je odváděno teplo, které zařízení produkuje. • Set up the installation environment carefully. For example, • Pečlivě připravte místo instalace. Například dbejte na ochratake care to protect the DN-C640 from heat from other nu DN-C640 před žárem od jiných zařízení. je potředevices. If necessary, use forced ventilation. ThePokud surrounding ba, použijte nucenou Okolní podmínky musíinsplconditions must meet ventilaci. the specifications described ňovat požadavky popsané v části „TECHNICKÁ DATA“ na “SPECIFICATIONS” on Page 44. straně 44. will work normally when the player unit is • The DN-C640 thepracovat front panel withinpokud 10 degrees of the na•mounted DN-C640with bude správně, je přehrávač vertical plane. If the unit is tilted excessively, discs notPomontován s maximálním vertikálním sklonem 10 may stupňů. load or unload properly. kud je přístroj nakloněn více, může činit problémy vkládání a vysouvání disků. Max. 10°

DN-C640

• Pokud je DN-C640 umístěn v blízkosti zesilovače, tuneru • If nebo the DN-C640 is placed nearmůžou an amplifier, tuner or other jiných komponentů, do reprodukce pronikat components, noise (induced hum) or beat interference may interference (indukované bzučení apod., obzvláště během result (especially during AM or FM reception). příjmu AM nebo FM). If this occurs, separate the DN-C640 from other components takového vyskytne, oddělte DN-C640 od orPokud reorientseitsněco position. ostatních komponentů nebo změňte jeho pozici.

9 9

ENGLISH

2. PŘÍPRAVA 2. PREPARATIONS

ZAPOJENÍ CONNECTIONS Dokud nebude provedeno veškeré propojení mezi DN-C640 a ostatními komponenty, ponechte celý váš systém (včetně DN-C640) vypnutý. Leave your entire system (including the DN-C640) turned off until all connections between the DN-C640 and other components have been completed. ■ Příprava � Connection precautions • Před připojováním nebo odpojováním propojovacích kabelů a napájecích kabelů se ujistěte, že jsou komponenty celého systému vypnuté. • Before proceeding with connections or disconnections of cables and power cords, be sure to turn all system components • off. Zajistěte, aby byly všechny kabely připojeny správně ke konektorům L (levý kanál) a R (pravý kanál). •• Ensure thatzasunujte all cablesdo areterminálů connected properly the L (left) and R (right) jacks. spojení. Koncovky pečlivě, abytonedocházelo k nedokonalému •• Insert plugs intokthe terminals. Výstupy CD fully připojte vstupním konektorům CD nebo AUX zesilovače. •• Connect the CD outputsériového jacks to the amplifier CDzapojte or AUXdo input jacks. Jeden konec přímého kabelu RS-232 komunikačního portu na zadním panelu DN-C640 a druhý konec • do Connect end of ana straight-through RS-232 serial cable into Communication Port on the back of the DN-C640 and connect portu one „RS-232C“ počítači. the other end into the “RS-232C” port on the back of the computer. • DN-C640 připojte k vaší síti pomocí přímého ethernetového kabelu nebo přímo k nesíťovému počítači pomocí kříženého • Connect the DN-C640 to your network using a straight-through Ethernet cable or directly to a non-networked computer using kabelu. a cross-over cable.

■� Základní zapojení Basic connection Analog audio output(symetrický) (balanced)k proto Analogový audio výstup connect to analog audio equipment. pojení s analogovým audio zařízením. Pokud je potřeba, dolaďte výstupní If necessary, adjust output levelhlasitost with pomocí ovladačů úrovně. trim volume.

1 GND 2 HOT(+)

R

Analog audio to Analogový audiooutput výstup(unbalanced) (nesymetrický) audioaudio equipment. kconnect propojenítos analog analogovým zařízením. Pokud je potřeba doladění výstupní úrovně, If necessary to adjust output level, you použijte a úroveňand doshouldkonektory connect„VARIABLE“ to “VARIABLE” laďte pomocí dálkového ovladače. adjust by remote control.

FIXED VARIABLE

L

3 COLD(-)

LEVEL

L

L

R

R

SPDIF

Connectpřiložený the included power into Zapojte napájecí kabel cord do síťové zásuvky s vhodným an outlet providingnapětím. the right voltage. below>
AES/EBU

LEVEL

ANALOG OUTPUT

D-Sub Female ParallelkonektoremInterface Paralelní rozhraní25-Pin s 25pinovým -zásuvkou k propojení s externím to connectD-Sub to external input trigger vstupním device. spínacím zařízením.

RS232C

PARALLEL SERIAL NO.

DIGITAL OUTPUT

Digital audio audiovýstup output(nesymetrický (unbalanceda symetrický) and balanced) to connect to digital Digitální k propojení s digitálním audio audio equipment. zařízením. Pokud je potřeba, zvolte formátsignal výstupního signálu PRESET. If necessary, select output format in thev menu PRESET MENU. (V menuunbalanced předvoleb nastavujete stejný formát signálu nesymetrického takset sy(Both and balanced terminal outputjak same signal format metrického výstupního terminálu.) in preset menu.)

REMOTE

Sériové rozhraní9-Pin RS-232 s 9piD-Sub Female RS-232 novým konektorem (zásuvkou) Serial Interface to connect D-Sub k přímému propojení to a computer using sdirectly počítačem pomocí přímého a straight-through cable. kabelu.

LAN

10/100 BASE-T terminal for connection a Síťový „LAN“ terminálRJ-45 10/100LAN BASE-T s konektorem RJ-45 pro to připojení k síti pomocí kabelu nebocable k nesíťovému počítači pomocí network using apřímého straight-through or to a non-networked kříženého computerkabelu. using a cross-over cable.

CAUTIONS:

• Before connecting, the POWER ON/OFF switch should be set the OFF position. UPOZORNĚNÍ: • • • • •

10 10

Do not touch the power cord with wet hands. Před zapojením by měl být vypínač POWER ON/OFF nastaven do pozice OFF (vypnuto). When disconnecting the power cord, always make sure that you take hold of the plug. Yanking out or bending the cord can Nedotýkejte se napájecího kabelu vlhkýma damage it and/or cause electric shocks or a rukama. fire. Při odpojování napájecího kabelu si buďte vždy jisti, že jej držíte za zástrčku (nikoli za kabel). Škubáním nebo ohýbáním můžete kabel poškodit anebo způsobit elektrický zkrat či požár.

SUPPORTED AUDIO CD PODPOROVANÉ AUDIO SUPPORTED AUDIO CD CD

In addition to standard CD-DA discs, the DN-C640 can read Kromě běžných CD-DA CD-DA disků může číst několikread dalIn addition to CD-DA standard discs,DN-C640 the to DN-C640 several other formats. Please refer page 17can for detail ších CD-DA formátů. Pro podrobnosti o čtení a obsluze datoseveral other CD-DA formats. Please refer to page 17 for detail of reading and operation of data discs. of reading operation ofna data discs.17. vých disků,and prosím, otočte stranu

Kompaktní disk Digital Audio Compact Disc Digital Audio (CD-DA) (CD-DA) Disc Digital Audio (CD-DA) Compact

Kompaktní diskTEXT TEXT (CD TEXT) Compact Disc (CD TEXT) Compact Disc TEXT (CD TEXT)

INSERTING A AND EJECTING A DISC VKLÁDÁNÍ VYSOUVÁNÍ INSERTING AND EJECTING DISKU A DISC

Inserting and Ejecting a disc is only available when the unit is Vkládání and a vysouvání disku je možné pouze když je přístroj Inserting powered on. Ejecting a disc is only available when the unit is zapnutý. on. powered 1. If the unit is OFF, press the POWER ON/OFF switch to 1. Ifturn theon unit ispower. OFF, press the POWER ON/OFF switch to 1. Pokud jethe přístroj vypnutý, stiskněte vypínač POWER ON/ turn on the power. zapnutí napájení. 2. OFF Hold kthe disc by the edges and insert it in the DISC slot. 2. Hold the disc by the edges and insert it in the DISC slot. (Do not touch the signal surface, i.e., glossy side.) (Do not touch the signal surface, i.e.,jejglossy side.) štěrbiny. 2. za okraje do diskové 3. Uchopte Press thedisk EJECT buttonatozasuňte eject the disc. 3. Press the EJECT button to eject the disc. (Nedotýkejte se signálové plochy – lesklé strany.)

ENGLISH ENGLISH

3. DEVICE DEVICE OPERATION 3. OBSLUHA ZAŘÍZENÍ 3. OPERATION

3. K vysunutí disku stiskněte tlačítko EJECT.

Rozšířené hudební EXTRA) Enhanced Music CDCD (CD(CD EXTRA) Enhanced Music CD (CD EXTRA)

NOTE: POZNÁMKA: NOTE:

• Some copy-controlled CDs may not conform to official •• Některá CD s kopírovací ochranou nemusí odpovídat ofiSome copy-controlled CDs may discs not conform official CD standards. They are special and maytonot play ciálním CD standardům. Jedná se speciální disky a neCD standards. They are special discs and may not play on the DN-C640. on the musí seDN-C640. dát přehrávat na DN-C640.

� Messages ■ Zprávy � Messages Messages may appear on thesedisplay using the DNBěhem používání DN-C640 můžouwhile na displeji zobrazoMessages may appear on the display while using the DNC640. vat zprávy. C640. The meaning of message are explained below. Význam zpráv vysvětlen The meaning of je message areníže. explained below. Message Zpráva Message

No Disc Disc No No Disc Eject Locked Eject Locked Locked Eject

Meaning Význam Meaning No disc is inserted. Není vložen disk. No disc is inserted. Unit is playing and Eject lock Přístroj přehrává v menu Unit and aEject lock is onisinplaying the preset menu. ispředvoleb on in the je preset menu. zapnutý zámek vysunutí (Eject lock).

CAUTIONS: CAUTIONS: • Do not push in the disc manually when the power is

•UPOZORNĚNÍ: Do push in cause the disc manually and when the power is off not as this may malfunction damage the CD as this may cause malfunction and damage CD player. • off Nezatlačujte disk do přístroje manuálně, když jethe vypnuto player. napájení. Mohlo by dojít k poruše a poškození CD přehrávače.

11 11 11

3. DEVICE OPERATION

ENGLISH

ENGLISH

ENGLISH ENGLISH ENGLISH ENGLISH ENGLISH

3. DEVICE OPERATION 3. DEVICE OPERATION 3. DEVICE OPERATION 3. OBSLUHA DEVICE OPERATION 3.3. ZAŘÍZENÍ DEVICE OPERATION

(4) Returning to the position at which NORMAL CD PLAYBACK (4) playback Returningstarted to the position at which NORMAL CD PLAYBACK playback started (4) Returning the position at which to the p Returning NORMAL CD PLAYBACK NORMAL CD PLAYBACK (4) Návrat na místo, kde přehrávání začalo (1) Before Starting Playback (4) Returning to theto position at (4) which NORMAL CD PLAYBACK BĚŽNÉ PŘEHRÁVÁNÍ CD Set(4) the Returning CUE mode to RECUE inposition the preset menu and press the started (1) Before Starting Playback to the at which NORMAL CD PLAYBACK playback started playback started Set the CUE mode RECUE the menu and the Set the playback CUE mode to tonastavte RECUE in in the preset preset menu and press press the V menu předvoleb režim CUE na RECUE a během

CUEPlayback button during playback, pickup returns to the position 1.(1) Press thespuštěním POWER ON/OFF switch to on the (1) Before Starting Playback (1)turn Before Starting playback startedthe (1) Before Starting Playback Před přehrávání CUE button during playback, the pickup returns to the position Set the CUE mode to the RECUE in the preset menu and press the in Set the CUE mode to RECUE 1. Press the ON/OFF switch CUE button during playback, pickup returns to the position at which playback started and the pause mode is and set. přehrávání stiskněte tlačítko CUE. Tím se snímací jednotka 1. (1) Press the POWER POWER ON/OFF switch to to turn turn on on the the Set the CUE mode to RECUE in the preset menu press the power. Before Starting Playback at which playback started and the pause mode is set. Set the CUE mode to RECUE in the preset menu and press the CUE button during playback, the pickup returns to the position CUE button during playback, th power. at which playback started and the pause mode is set. 1. Press the POWER ON/OFF switch to turn on the 1. Press the POWER ON/OFF switch to turn on the power. 1.1. Stiskněte vypínač POWER ON/OFF k zapnutí napájení. CUEna button during playback, the pickup position vrátí místo, kde přehrávání začalo a returns nastaví to sethe režim pauPress the POWER ON/OFF switch to turn on the CUE button during playback, the pickup returns to the position at which playback started and the pause mode is set. at which playback started and 1. power. Press power. the POWER ON/OFF switch topower. turn on the at which playback started and the pause mode is set. zy. at which playback started and the pause mode is set. power. 0

10

NETWORK CD PLAYER

DN-C640

NETWORK CD PLAYER NETWORK CD PLAYER

DN-C640 DN-C640

LEVEL

EJECT

0 10 0 LEVEL10

LEVEL

POWER ON/OFF

PHONES

POWER ON/OFF POWER ON/OFF

LEVEL PHONES PHONES

0

10

0

10

NETWORK NETWORK CD CD PLAYER PLAYER DN-C640 NETWORK CD PLAYER EJECT EJECT DN-C640 NETWORK 0 0 10 10CD PLAYER LEVEL LEVEL

A-B

PITCH

DISPLAY DISPLAY LOCK

A-B A-B END MON

PITCH PITCH TEXT

LOCK END MON LOCK END MON DN-C640 A-B NETWORK CD PLAYERDISPLAY

DN-C640 DN-C640

0

LEVEL

EJECT

LEVEL

POWER POWER ON/OFF ON/OFF PHONES

POWER ON/OFF

EJECT PHONES PHONES

POWER ON/OFF

TEXT DISPLAY DISPLAY CUE TEXT PITCH

CANCEL SKIP BACK DISPLAY A-B LOCK END MON CANCEL SKIP BACK CANCEL SKIP BACK LOCK END MON

10

EJECT EJECT

EJECT

DISPLAY

CANCEL

PHONES

CUE CUE PITCH LOCK LOCK TEXT TEXT CUE

- INDEX/DIR +

PUSH ENTER

- INDEX/DIR + A-B A-B PITCH PITCH - INDEX/DIR + PLAY/PAUSE END ENDMON MON TEXT TEXT - INDEX/DIR + PLAY/PAUSE PLAY/PAUSE - INDEX/DIR CUE +CUE

CANCEL CANCEL SKIP SKIP BACK BACK CUE SKIP BACK PLAY/PAUSE

PUSH PUSH ENTER ENTER PITCH -- INDEX/DIR INDEX/DIR ++

PUSH PUSH ENTER ENTER

PUSH ENTER

PITCH PITCH

PUSH ENTER

PLAY/PAUSE PLAY/PAUSE PITCH

DISPLAY

A-B

PITCH

LOCK

END MON

TEXT

- INDEX/DIR +

CUE CANCEL

PITCH PITCH

SKIP BACK

PLAY/PAUSE

PITCH

2. Load the disc you want to play. Press the Press the Press the 2. Load disc you want play. 2. disk, který přehrávat. 2. Vložte Load the the disc youchcete want to to play. Pressbutton the Press the Press the ; button CUE 3 button Press the 3 button Press the Press the Press the 3. Make sure the Preset Menu settings are set accordingly buttonPressPress CUE button 3 button button the Stisknutí Stisknutí Stisknutí 2. sure Load the disc you want to play.are 2. Load the disc you want to play. ;;the button button 3 Press the 3 3 button buttonPressCUE Press the Press Pressthe the the Load the disc you want to play. 3.2. Ujistěte Make the Preset Menu settings set accordingly 3. se, zda jsou předvolby (menu Preset) nastaveny 3. Make sure the Preset Menu settings are set accordingly Press the Press the Press the for the intended use. (See Page 22.) tlačítka CUE tlačítka tlačítka Stisknutí tlačítka 2. for Load the discsure you want toPage play. ; set button CUE button Pres 3settings button ; button 3button button Press the 3 Press the Press the Press the ; button CUE button 3 button the intended use. (See 22.) Position Press the 3 button 3. Make the Preset Menu settings are set accordingly 3. Make sure the Preset Menu are accordingly podle zamýšleného použití. (Viz strana 22.) for the intended use. (See Page 22.) 3. Make sure the Preset Menu settings are set accordingly Play3internal ; button CUE button buttonPlay internal Position Press the button on the Position 3. for Make theintended Preset Menu settings set the accordingly for the use.Page (See Pageare 22.) for intended use. 3 (See Page 22.) Play Play thesure intended use. (See 22.) Play internal internal Play internal internal on the disc on the na Position Místo for the intended use. (See Page 22.) Position (2) Starting Playback Play internal Play internal Play internal Přehrávaný interval Přehrávaný interval CANCEL

POWER ON/OFF

SKIP BACK

PLAY/PAUSE

PITCH

PHONES

(2) přehrávání (2) Spuštění Starting Playback 1.Stiskněte Press the PLAY/PAUSE button. (2) Starting Playback 1. tlačítko PLAY/PAUSE. (2) Starting Playback 1. (2) Press the PLAY/PAUSE PLAY/PAUSE button. 1. Press the button. Starting Playback

disc disc Position disku on the on the on discthe disc disc Back cue operation Operace Back cue Back cue operation Back cue operation playback

Play internal Play internal

(2) Starting Playback

Playoperation internal Back cue Playoperation internal Back cue cue Back operation

B

1. the Press the PLAY/PAUSE (5) button. Stopping 1. Press PLAY/PAUSE button.button.1. Press the PLAY/PAUSE (5) Stopping playback 1. Press the PLAY/PAUSE button. 1. (5) Press the STOP/CANCEL button. (5) Stopping playback (5) Stopping playback Stopping playback 1. Press the button. Zastavení přehrávání 1.(5) Press the STOP/CANCEL STOP/CANCEL button. (5) Stopping playback 1. the Press the STOP/CANCEL 1. Press the STOP/CANCEL Press STOP/CANCEL button.button. 1.1. Stiskněte tlačítko STOP/CANCEL. 1. Press the STOP/CANCEL button. (6) Advancing to the next track during DISPLAY

A-B

PITCH

DISPLAY DISPLAY LOCK

A-B A-B END MON

PITCH PITCH TEXT

LOCK END MON LOCK END MON DISPLAY A-B

- INDEX/DIR +

TEXT DISPLAY DISPLAY CUE TEXT PITCH CUE CUE PITCH LOCK LOCK TEXT

CANCEL SKIP BACK DISPLAY A-B LOCK END MON CANCEL SKIP BACK CANCEL SKIP BACK LOCK END MON

PLAY/PAUSE END ENDMON MON TEXT TEXT - INDEX/DIR + PLAY/PAUSE PLAY/PAUSE - INDEX/DIR CUE +CUE

TEXT CUE

CANCEL

CANCEL CANCEL CUE SKIP BACK

CANCEL

SKIP BACK

PUSH ENTER

- INDEX/DIR + A-B A-B PITCH PITCH - INDEX/DIR +

SKIP SKIP BACK BACK PLAY/PAUSE PLAY/PAUSE

PUSH PUSH ENTER ENTER

PITCH -- INDEX/DIR INDEX/DIR ++ PITCH PITCH

PLAY/PAUSE PLAY/PAUSE PITCH

PUSH PUSH ENTER ENTER

PUSH ENTER

PUSH ENTER

DISPLAY

A-B

PITCH

LOCK

END MON

TEXT

- INDEX/DIR +

PUSH ENTER

CUE

CANCEL

PITCH PITCH

(6) playback Advancing to the next track during (6) Advancing the track next track during to the (6) Advancing (6) playback Advancing to thetonext during (6) Advancing to the nextortrack during 1.(6) Turn the jog wheel press theplayback §během button Postoupení naclockwise následující skladbu playback playback 1. Turn the jog wheel clockwise or press the § button 1. during Turn the jog wheel clockwise or press the § button playback. playback přehrávání

SKIP BACK

PLAY/PAUSE

PITCH

PITCH

playback. 1. the Turn jog wheel clockwise press §wheel buttonclock 1.or Turn thethe jog during playback. 1. during Turn jogthewheel clockwise or press the § button 1.1. Během přehrávání otočte ovladačem jog ve směru hodin Turn the jog playback. wheel clockwise or press the §playback. button during during during playback. nebo stiskněte tlačítko . during playback. DISPLAY

A-B

PITCH

DISPLAY DISPLAY LOCK

A-B A-B END MON

PITCH PITCH TEXT

LOCK END MON LOCK END MON DISPLAY A-B

TEXT DISPLAY DISPLAY CUE TEXT PITCH

- INDEX/DIR +

PUSH ENTER

- INDEX/DIR + A-B A-B PITCH PITCH - INDEX/DIR +

(3) Pausing playback at any point (3) přehrávání v určitém Pausing playback at any point bodě (3) Přerušení Playback (3) can be temporarily halted and then continued fromplayback at any point Pausing playback at any point (3) (3) Pausing playback at any point Přehrávání může být dočasně přerušeno a poté vPausing něm pokraPlayback can be temporarily halted and then continued from Playback can be temporarily halted and then continued from the(3) same point in the track. Pausing playback at any point pickup will advance the beginning of the next the same point in the track. čováno od stejného bodu ve skladbě. Playback can be temporarily halted and then continued from • The Playback can temporarily halted and then continuedtofrom the same point in the track. halted and then continued be Playback can be temporarily from CANCEL SKIP BACK DISPLAY A-B LOCK END MON CANCEL SKIP BACK CANCEL SKIP BACK LOCK END MON

CUE CUE PITCH LOCK LOCK TEXT

TEXT CUE

CANCEL

CANCEL CANCEL CUE SKIP BACK

CANCEL

SKIP BACK

PLAY/PAUSE END ENDMON MON TEXT TEXT - INDEX/DIR + PLAY/PAUSE PLAY/PAUSE - INDEX/DIR CUE +CUE

SKIP SKIP BACK BACK PLAY/PAUSE PLAY/PAUSE

PUSH PUSH ENTER ENTER

PITCH -- INDEX/DIR INDEX/DIR ++ PITCH PITCH

PLAY/PAUSE PLAY/PAUSE PITCH PITCH

PUSH PUSH ENTER ENTER

PUSH ENTER

PUSH ENTER

PITCH PITCH

DISPL

LOC

CANC

1. Press the PLAY/PAUSE button during playback. (Button The pickup pickup will advance advance to the thewhen beginning of the the next •• track The will to beginning of next and playback will continue the Start mode is can beinpoint temporarily halted andPLAY/PAUSE. then continued thethe same in themode) track. the same point in 1.Playback Press the PLAY/PAUSE button during playback. (Button theBěhem same point track. 1. přehrávání stiskněte tlačítko (Vfrom re-the track. track 1. Press PLAY/PAUSE button during playback. (Button Flashes when inthe PAUSE track and playback will continue when thebeginning Start mode isthe • The pickup will advance to the of • The pickup willnext advance and playback will continue when the Start mode is set to “Play” in the preset menu. • The pickup will advance to the beginning of the next thežimu same point in the track. Flashes when in PAUSE mode) 1.PAUSE Press the PLAY/PAUSE playback. (Button •set Press the PLAY/PAUSE button during (Button when in PAUSE mode) tlačítko bliká) “Play” in the preset menu. 1. Flashes Press the PLAY/PAUSE button button during1.during playback. (Button Theto pickup will advance to the beginning the next track and playback will continue when Start mode iswill co track and playback topickup “Play” inplayback. the preset menu. Když je v playback režimu předvoleb nastaven režim Start na • set The will advance to the beginning ofofthe the next track and will continue when the Start mode is 1. Flashes Press the PLAY/PAUSE buttonmode) during playback. Flashes when in PAUSE Flashes (Button when in PAUSE The pickup will advance topreset thewhen beginning ofnásledující the next when in PAUSE mode) track and playback continue when theStart Start mode setremain to “Play” in the menu. set to “Play” •• mode) The will advance to the beginning of the next track and in will CUE mode the mode isis in the pres „Play“, snímací postoupí na začátek set pickup to “Play” injednotka the preset menu. Flashes when in PAUSE mode) track and remain in CUE mode when the Start mode isthe set to “Play” in the preset menu. • The pickup will advance to the beginning of • The pickup willnext advance track and remain in CUE mode when the Start mode is “Stop” or “Cue” in the preset menu. of the next •set Thetopickup will advance to the beginning skladby a přehrávání bude pokračovat. set toPage “Stop” or “Cue” “Cue” ininmode the preset menu. •set Theto pickup will advance to the beginning ofthethe next track and remain CUE mode when Start mode track and remain inisCUE “Stop” or in the preset menu. (See 22 for Start Mode Settings) track and remain in CUE when the Start mode is • Když je v režimu předvoleb nastaven režim Start na (See Page Start Mode Settings) track and remain in CUE mode the Start is or “Cue” i set22 to for “Stop” or “Cue” inwhen the preset menu. set tomode “Stop” (See Page 22 for Start Mode Settings) set to “Stop” or “Cue” in the preset menu. „Stop“ nebo „Cue“, snímací jednotka postoupí na začáset toPage “Stop” or “Cue” in theSettings) presetSettings) menu. (See22 Page 22 forMode Start Mode (See Page 22 for Start M (See for Start NOTE: tek následující skladby a zůstane v režimu CUE. (See Page 22 for Start Mode Settings) NOTE: • When the Next track reserve mode is set to "ON" in the (Nastavení režimu Start vizjog strana 2. To continue playback, press the PLAY/PAUSE button. When the Next trackturn reserve mode is22) set to "ON" "ON" in the the ••NOTE: When the Next track reserve mode is set to in preset menu, if you the wheel during playback, NOTE: NOTE: 2. To continue playback, press the PLAY/PAUSE button. 2. pokračování v přehrávání stiskněte tlačítko PLAY/ 2. Pro To continue playback, press the PLAY/PAUSE button. preset menu, if you turn the jog wheel during playback, preset ifthe you turn the of jog wheel during playback, the track number indication the display blink and • menu, When Next track reserve mode is "ON" set to "ON" the reser • will When the Nextintrack NOTE: • When the Next track reserve mode is set to in the 2. To continue playback, press the2.PLAY/PAUSE To continue playback,POZNÁMKA: thethe PLAY/PAUSE button. the track number indication of mode the display will blink and 2. PAUSE. To continue playback, press the PLAY/PAUSE button.button. the track number indication of the display will blink you can select the track tothe play next. preset menu, ifreserve you turn the jog wheel during playback, preset menu, if you turn th •press When Next track is set to "ON" inand the preset menu, if you turn jog wheel during playback, you can select the track play 2. To continue playback, press the PLAY/PAUSE button. you select the track tothe play next. track number indication of the display will blink and the track number indicatio preset menu, if you turnto jognext. wheel during playback, • Když jethe v number menu předvoleb nastaven režim Next Track thecan track indication of the display will blink and you can select the track to play next. you select the track number indication of the display will can blink and the track to you canna select thetak track to play next. reserve „ON“, pokud během přehrávání otočíte you can select the track to play next. ovladačem Jog, začne na displeji blikat indikátor čísla skladby a můžete vybrat skladbu pro další přehrávání. DISPLAY

A-B

PITCH

DISPLAY DISPLAY LOCK

A-B A-B END MON

PITCH PITCH TEXT

LOCK END MON LOCK END MON DISPLAY A-B

TEXT DISPLAY DISPLAY CUE TEXT PITCH

CANCEL SKIP BACK DISPLAY A-B LOCK END MON CANCEL SKIP BACK CANCEL SKIP BACK LOCK END MON

12 12 12 12 12 12

CUE CUE PITCH LOCK LOCK TEXT

TEXT CUE

- INDEX/DIR +

PUSH ENTER

- INDEX/DIR + A-B A-B PITCH PITCH - INDEX/DIR +

PLAY/PAUSE END ENDMON MON TEXT TEXT - INDEX/DIR + PLAY/PAUSE PLAY/PAUSE - INDEX/DIR CUE +CUE

CANCEL

CANCEL CANCEL SKIP SKIP BACK BACK CUE SKIP BACK PLAY/PAUSE

CANCEL

SKIP BACK

PLAY/PAUSE

PUSH PUSH ENTER ENTER

PITCH -- INDEX/DIR INDEX/DIR ++ PITCH PITCH

PLAY/PAUSE PLAY/PAUSE PITCH

PUSH PUSH ENTER ENTER

PUSH ENTER

PUSH ENTER

DISPLAY

A-B

PITCH

LOCK

END MON

TEXT

- INDEX/DIR +

PUSH ENTER

CUE

PITCH PITCH

PITCH

12

CANCEL

SKIP BACK

PLAY/PAUSE

PITCH

LOCK

END MON

TEXT

- INDEX/DIR +

PUSH ENTER

CUE

• The playback mode is cancelled, and the search point is reproduced repeatedly. (6) button pressed •• Every time the SEARCH The playback mode is cancelled, and theissearch pointthe is playback point advances one frame. reproduced repeatedly. •• Playback of the track is sped(6) up while buttonthe is SEARCH pressed (6) the Every time the SEARCH 3. DEVICE OPERATION 3. OBSLUHA ZAŘÍZENÍ button is point pressed. playback advances one frame. DEVICE OPERATION PLAY/PAUSE

PITCH

ENGLISH ENGLISH ENGLISH ENGLISH

3.

SKIP BACK

ENGLISH

CANCEL

• Playback track is sped up while the SEARCH (6) Manual searchofinthe reverse button is pressed. každém stisknutí tlačítka ((5)) button se bod during přehrávání vrátí playback. 1. Press the SEARCH (7) na začátek současné of skladby (9)• Po Index Skip (7) Návrat Returning to the beginning the bě3. DEVICE OPERATION 3. DEVICE OPERATI Manual search in reverse (9) Index Skip o jeden rámec. ng to the beginning of the hem přehrávání current track during playback An index search can be performed during theOPERATION play of a track OPERATIO 3. DEVICE 3. DEVICE • Při delším stisknutí tlačítka ((5)) button se přehrávání skladby during playback. 1. Press the SEARCH track during playback An index search can hobe performed the been play of a track whose during index has recorded. 1. přehrávání otočte ovladačem Jogorproti směru 3. DEVICE OPERATION 1. Během Turn the jog wheel counterclockwise press the � zrychluje. whose index has been recorded. This useful for starting din neboduring stiskněte wheel counterclockwise or(7) press the beginning � . to (9) function Index isSkip button playback. (7) Returning totlačítko the ofbeginning the (9) Index Skipplay at a specific location Returning the offorthe This function is useful starting play at a specific location of a long track. It returns play to a previous index which is playback. track during playback current track playback (9) Index Skip (7) current Returning the beginning ofbeginning the (9) Index Skip (7)toReturning to of the An index search can be performed the play of a track of the aduring long track. It returns play to aPřeskakování previous index which is canduring An index search be performed during the play of a t (9) indexů equivalent to the number of times the INDEX – button on (9) Index Skip (7) current Returning tocurrent the beginning of the track during playback whose index has been recorded. equivalent to the number of times the INDEX – button on whose index has been recorded. track during playback the unit or IR control was pressed; alternatively, it advances 1. Turn the jog1.wheel counterclockwise or press the �or press An index search can be performed during the play of ajetrack Turn the jog wheel counterclockwise thepřehrávání � • An The playback mode isbe cancelled, and the search point index search can performed during the play of is at Během skladby, u níž byly nahrány indexy, current track during playback This function is This useful for starting at the astarting specific location the unit or IR control was pressed; alternatively, itfunction advances is useful for play atmoža specific loca play to aindex subsequent index which isplay equivalent to the number An index search can be performed during play of a track reproduced repeatedly. button during playback. whose has been recorded. button during playback. whose index has been recorded. 1. Turn the jog1.wheel counterclockwise press the index �or press Turn the jog wheel the � né vyhledávání indexů. of aprovádět long track. Itbeen returns play toItSEARCH areturns previous index is index the play counterclockwise to or a subsequent which is equivalent to number of a the long track. to a which previous whic times the INDEX + button on the unit or IR control •• This Every time the (5) button iswas whose index has recorded. This function is useful for starting play at aplay specific location function is useful for starting play apressed specific The playback mode isthe cancelled, theat search pointloca is 1. button Turn the jog playback. wheel or the press the + �button during buttoncounterclockwise during playback. Tato funkce je užitečná k spuštění přehrávání od určité části equivalent to the number of times INDEX –and button on of times INDEX on the unit or IR control equivalent towas the number of times the INDEX – button pressed. playback point retreats one frame. This function is useful for starting play at a specific location of a long track. It returns play to a previous index which is of a long track. It returns3.play to a previous index whic reproduced repeatedly. button during playback. DEVICE OPERATION the ortrack. IR was pressed; advances dlouhé skladby. Funkce vrací přehrávání na předchozí index, pressed. of the current the unit or IR control pressed; alternatively, it advan (5) ••control Playback the track iswas up while the SEARCH If index skip function isofplay operated for asped CD with indexes • The pickup will return to the beginning ofthe aunit long It number returns to a alternatively, previous index which is equivalent to the of times the INDEX –itno button on Every time SEARCH (5) button isINDEX pressed the equivalent tothe the number of times the – button button is pressed. Když je vplayback režimu předvoleb Start na play to a subsequent index which is equivalent to the number Ifwhen the index skipmode function for a CD with no indexes play to a subsequent index which is equivalent to the num který odpovídá počtu stisknutí tlačítka INDEX – na přístroji will return to •the beginning of the will current track and continuenastaven therežim Start is is operated recorded, the “No Index” message appears on the main equivalent number of the INDEX –it button on playback retreats one frame. the unit or to IR the control was pressed; alternatively, advances the unit orpoint IR times control was pressed; alternatively, it advan of times the INDEX + button on the unit or IR control was 3. DEVICE OPERATION ayback will continue the Start is recorded, the současné “No Index” message appears on the main set when to “Play” in jednotka themode preset of times the INDEX + button on the unit or IR control „Play“, snímací semenu. vrátí na začátek display, and play returns to the start of the track now playing. nebo dálkovém ovladači, anebo posunuje na následující index (5) • Playback of the track is sped up while the SEARCH the unit or IR control was pressed; alternatively, it advances play to a subsequent index which is equivalent to the number to the num play to a subsequent index which is equivalent ” in the preset •menu. The pickup will returnbude to the beginning of play the current pressed. display, and returns to the start the track now pressed. button isplaying. pressed. skladby a přehrávání pokračovat. po stisknutí tlačítka INDEX +. INDEX play to aofsubsequent index which equivalent to the number (9) Index Skip of times the INDEX + button on isthe unit or IR control was (7) Returning to the beginning of the of times the + button on the unit or IR control will return to •the beginning of• the current track and inpředvoleb CUE when Start mode is of the If the index skip function is operated aisCD with no indexes If the+index skipon function operated for awas CD • Když The pickup will return tomode the beginning of thebeginning current The pickup will returnthe torežim the current je vremain režimu nastaven Start na ofNOTE: times the INDEX button theforpoužita unit or IR control pressed. Pokud je funkce přeskakování indexů pro CD bez na-with no inde current track during playback pressed. emain in CUE mode when the Start mode is set to “Stop” or “Cue” in the preset menu. An index search can be performed during the play a track track and playback will continue when Start mode isthe Start recorded, “No Index” message appears onfor main of on track and playback will continue when mode isthe recorded, the “No for Index” message appears the m NOTE: •the The index skip be used discs pressed. nebo „Cue“, snímací jednotka sethe vrátí nabeginning začátek If index skip function is operated adispleji with nothe indexes • „Stop“ The pickup will return toto the beginning ofthe the current hraných indexů, zobrazí se na cannot hlavním zpráva „No In-with no inde If the function index skip function isCD operated for a CD (9) Index Skip (7) Returning the beginning of the • the The pickup will return to of the current p” or “Cue” in the preset menu. whose index has been recorded. set to “Play” in preset menu. set to “Play” in the preset menu. display, and play returns to the start of the track now playing. • The index skip function cannot be used for discs display, and play returns to the start of the track now play recorded with audio files. In that instance, the index 1. Turn the jog wheel counterclockwise or press the � If the index skip function is operated for a CD with no indexes and playback continue when the isthe Start recorded, the “No message appears on theappears main on the • track The pickup will track return to thevduring beginning ofStart themode current skladby awill zůstane režimu and willCUE. continue when mode isThis recorded, the “No Index” message m dex“ athat přehrávání seIndex” vrátí na začátek právě přehrávané skladcurrent track playback • současné The pickup will return to playback the the current • during The pickup willbeginning return toofthe beginning of the current function isindex useful starting play at the a specific NOTE: recorded with audio Inbutton instance, the navigate directories. An index search can befor performed during play oflocation a track button playback. set “Play” in the preset menu. tracktoand playback will continue when the Start mode is files. recorded, the “No Index” message appears on the main display, and play returns to the start of the track now playing. set to “Play” in the preset menu. display, and play returns to the start of the track now play by. track the andNext remain in reserve CUE mode when the Start mode is track and remain in CUE mode when the Start mode is • •When track mode is set to "ON" in the buttonofnavigate directories.NOTE:of a long track. Itbeen returns play to a previous index which is index has recorded. NOTE: The will return to the beginning thebeginning current set topickup “Play” in the preset menu. •"ON" pickup will return to the ofthe the current display, andwhose play returns to the start of the track now playing. POZNÁMKA: Turn jog wheel counterclockwise or press � set to1. “Stop” orThe “Cue” in the menu. xt track reserve mode is set to in the set to “Stop” or “Cue” in Start the preset menu. preset menu, if the you turn the jog preset wheel during playback, equivalent to the number of times the button • The index skip function cannot be used for This function is useful for starting play atINDEX adiscs specific location • The index skip function cannot be –used forondis track and remain in CUE mode when the mode is • The pickup will return to the beginning of the current track and remain in CUE mode when the Start mode is button during playback. • Když je v number menu předvoleb nastaven režim Next Track NOTE: NOTE: if you turn the jog wheel during playback, the track indication of the display will blink and POZNÁMKA: the unit or IR control was pressed; alternatively, it advances recorded with audio files. In that instance, the index recorded with audio files. In that instance, the ind set “Stop” orset “Cue” inmode the preset menu. tracktoand remain in to CUE the mode menu. is of a long track. It returns play a previous index which is “Stop” orwhen “Cue” in Start the preset The index skip function cannot be toused for discs The index skip function cannot beto used for dis mber indicationNOTE: of thecan display will and you select theblink track to play next. přehrávání otočíte reserve na „ON“, tak pokud během ••NOTE: Funkce přeskakování indexů nemůže býtequivalent použita pro NOTE: button navigate directories. (10) Direct Jump play to a• subsequent index which is the number button navigate directories. set to “Stop” or “Cue” in the preset menu. equivalent to the number of times the INDEX – button on recorded with files.with In that instance, • in The skipaudio function cannot be usedInthe for discs recorded audio files. thatindex instance, the ind ct the track to •play next. ovladačem Jog, začne naNext displeji blikat indikátor When the Next reserve mode isreserve set to "ON" inčísla the • track When the track mode is set to "ON" theindex (10) Direct Jump disky, na nichž jsou nahrány audio soubory. V takovém of times the + button on thealternatively, unit or IR control was the unit of or IRINDEX control was pressed; NOTE: button navigate directories. NOTE: recorded with audio files. In that instance, the index button navigate directories. Select the number the track to be played directly during theit advances preset menu, if you turnmenu, the jog wheel during playback, preset if you turn the jog wheel during playback, skladby a můžete vybrat skladbu prois další přehrávání. pressed. případě funguje tlačítko index k navigaci adresářů. •NOTE: When the Next track reserve mode set to "ON" in the play to a subsequent index which is equivalent to the number • When the Next track reserve mode is set to "ON" in the button navigate directories. thewill number of the will track to be played during the stop mode by directly pressing the numeric buttons (0 to 9) on the the track numberthe indication of theSelect display blink and trackthe number indication ofplayback, the display blink and If index function is operated forunit a CD no indexes menu, if you turn wheel during •Next The pickup will jog return to the beginning of during the • preset When the track reserve mode is set to "ON" in the preset menu, you turn the jog wheel playback, ofthe times on the orwith IR control was stop mode by next. pressing thecurrent numeric buttons (0 the toskip 9)INDEX on the+ button remote control unit. you can selectquick the track to playifthe next. (8) Audible search you can select track to play (10) Direct Jump (10)the Direct Jumpmessage appears on the main the track number indication of the display will blink and track and playback will continue when the Start mode is recorded, “No Index” preset menu, if you turn the jog wheel during playback, the track number indication of the display will blink and pressed. remote control unit. quick searchyou can select To select track number 10 or above, use the numeric buttons track to play next. to “Play” in the preset menu. the track number indication of the blink and • Using this function, you canwill search fordisplay a desired point quickly you can select towill play next. display, and play returns to the start of track now If the index skip function isplayed operated forthe aduring CD with no playing. indexes (10) Direct Jump • set Thethe pickup return to the beginning of the current (10) Direct Jump Select the number ofdigit the track to be directly the Totrack select track number 10 or above, use the numeric buttons Select the number of the track to be played directly during to select the higher first and then select the lower digit. Rychlé sreturn příposlechem (10) Přímý skok na skladbu •vyhledávání The pickup will to the beginning ofStart the mode current you can select track to play next. tion, you can (8) search for desired point quickly within a atrack in the both forward or reverse direction. (10) Direct Jump track and playback willtocontinue when the is recorded, the “No Index” message appears on the main stop mode by pressing the numeric buttons (0 to 9) on the select the higher digit first and then select the lower digit. stop mode by pressing the numeric buttons (0 to 9) on The operation after the number of the track is selected Select the number of the track to be played directly during the track and remain in CUE mode when the Start mode is n the both forward orareverse direction. • When SEARCH button is in pressed during the pause mode Select the number of the to the be played directly during set to “Play” the preset menu. NOTE: display, and play returns točíselných the track start tlačítek of track now • (8) Pomocí této funkce můžete ve skladbě rychle najít požaremote control unit. Během režimu stop vyberte pomocí (0 až 9) playing. quick search The operation after the number of the is selected remote control unit. (8) Audible quick search depends on thetrack start mode settings. set to “Stop” or “Cue” in the preset menu. CH button is pressed the pause mode andAudible theduring button is released, the pause mode is cancelled at Select the number of the track to be played directly during stop mode by pressing the numeric buttons (0 to 9) on the stop mode by pressing the numeric buttons (0 to 9) on •Můžete The pickup will return to the beginning the current • The index skip function cannot be use used for discsbutt dovaný bod. vyhledávat směrem dozadu To select track number 10 orskladby, above, use the buttons depends on thenebo startofdomode settings. To select track number 10 or above, numeric na dálkovém číslo která senumeric bude is released,• the pause isUsing cancelled at quick that point with the sound being stop mode byovladači pressing the numeric buttons (0 toinstance, 9)přehrávat onthe the remote control unit. (8) Audible quick search Using thismode function, you can search for a mode desired pointfor quickly remote control unit. files. (8) Audible search •track this function, you can search a desired point Example: To play track 12 and remain inoutput. CUE when the Start mode isquickly recorded with audio In that the index NOTE: to select the higher digit10 first and then select the digit. the lower di to select the digit firstnumeric and lower thenbuttons select předu. the sound being output. přímo. remote unit. (8) Audible search To selectcontrol track number or higher above, use the within a track inquick the both forward orExample: reverse direction. NOTE: within acan track the both forward ormenu. reverse direction. To play track 12 set toyou “Stop” or in “Cue” indesired the preset To select track number 10 or above, use the for numeric butt navigate Manual search forward • Using this function, search for a point quickly • button The index skipdirectories. function cannot beofselected used discs • Using this function, you can search for a desired point quickly The operation after the number ofuse the track is 1. Set the start mode to “Play”. The operation after the number the is selec • Když je tlačítko vyhledávání stisknuto během režimu pauzy, • When a SEARCH button is pressed during the pause mode K výběru skladby číslo 10 nebo vyšší použijte nejdříve číselná • When the Next track reserve mode is set to "ON" in the To select track number 10 or above, the numeric buttons • When a SEARCH button is pressed during the pause mode to select the higher digit first and then select the lower digit.track to select the higher digit first and then select the lower di orward within a track in the both forward or reverse direction. recorded with audio files. In that instance, the index • Using this function, you search for aSet desired point quickly acan track the both forward orduring reverse 1.the the mode to direction. “Play”. depends the start mode settings. depends on the start settings. 1. Press the SEARCH (6) button during playback. and the button iswithin released, theainpause mode is start cancelled atplayback, preset menu, if you turn jog wheel and the button is released, pause mode is cancelled at se vNOTE: daném bodě zruší obnoví se vthe místě uvolnění to select the higher digit first and then thedruhé lower digit.track is selec The operation after thečíslice number ofmode the track is ofselected tlačítka kon výběru první aafter poté kselect výběru číslice. 2. Press the “1” numeric button. The operation the number the • pauza When a SEARCH button is pressed during the pause mode button navigate directories. within track in the both forward or reverse direction. • When a SEARCH button is pressed during the pause mode ARCH (6) button playback. thatduring point•with the sound being output. the track number indication ofmode thethe display will"ON" blinkbutton. and that point with the sound being The after the 12 number ofmode thena is selected 2. Press “1” numeric depends on start mode settings. Example: Tothe play track Example: To play track 12track Obsluha po výběru čísla skladby závisí nastavení režimu depends on the start settings. When the Next track isoutput. setmode to the operation and thea button isand released, the pause mode is pause cancelled at isin • tlačítka. When SEARCH button is pressed during the the button isreserve released, the pause mode cancelled at you can select the track to play next. depends on the start mode settings. (10) Direct Jump preset menu, if you turn the jog wheel during playback, that point with the sound being output. Manual search forward and the button is released, the pause mode is cancelled at Manual search forward start. that point with the sound being output. Manuální vyhledávání vpřed Example: To play track 12 Example: To play track 1. mode “Play”. Set to the start mode to12 “Play”. the the track number indication andSet the start1. that point with sound being output. of the display will blink Example: To play track 12 of the Manual forward Select the number track to be played directly during the Příklad: K přehrávání skladby 12 Manual search forward 1. Během Presssearch the SEARCH (6) button during playback. ). 1. přehrávání stiskněte tlačítko ( 1. Press the SEARCH (6) button during playback. you can select the track to play next. 1. Press Set thethe start mode to “Play”. 2. “1” numeric button. 2. Press the “1”mode numeric button. 1. Set the start to “Play”. (10) Direct Jump Manual search forward stop mode by pressing the numeric buttons (0 to 9) on the Set the start mode 1. režim starttona“Play”. „Play“. 1. Press the SEARCH (6) button during playback. 1. Press the SEARCH (6) button during playback. 2. Nastavte Press the “1” numeric button. 2.the Press the “1” numeric button. remote control unit. (8) Audible quick search Select number of the track to be played directly during the 1. Press the SEARCH (6) button during playback. 2. Stiskněte číselné tlačítko „1“. Press the “1” numeric button. To select track or numeric above, use the numeric stop mode by number pressing10 the buttons (0 to 9)buttons on the • The playback mode is cancelled, and the search point point is • Using this function, you can search for a desired quickly to select the higher digit first and then select the lower digit. k mode is cancelled, and the search point is reproduced repeatedly. remote control unit. (8) Audible quick search within a track in the both forward or reverse direction. The operation after the thethetrack is selected repeatedly. (6) is button is pressed • Every• time the SEARCHbutton To select track number 10 number or above,ofuse numeric buttons a SEARCH during thethe pause mode • When Using this function, youframe. can pressed search for a desired point quickly button is pressed the the SEARCH (6) playback point advances one depends on the startdigit mode settings. and the button is released, the pause mode is cancelled at to select the higher first and then select the lower digit. within a track track is in sped the both forward orSEARCH reverse direction. int advances one frame. (6) •• Playback of point the up while the that with thebutton sound being output. The playback mode isplayback cancelled, and search point is search •a SEARCH The mode isthe cancelled, and the point isExample: The operation after the 12 number of the track is selected To play track • When is pressed during the pause mode (6) arepeatedly. the track is sped up while therepeatedly. SEARCH • Režim přehrávání se zruší vyhledávací bod se opakobutton is pressed. reproduced reproduced depends on the start mode settings. and the is released, the pause mode cancelled at • The playback mode isplayback cancelled, and search point is Manual search forward 3. Within 1 second, the “2” •• button The mode isthe cancelled, andis the search pointthe is1. essed. vaně reprodukuje. Set the press start mode to numeric “Play”. button. (6) button is pressed the • Every time the SEARCH (6) button is pressed Every time the SEARCH Manual search in reverse that point with the sound being output. • reproduced The playbackrepeatedly. mode is cancelled, the search pointpress is 3.and Within 1 second, the “2” numeric button. reproduced repeatedly. Example: To play track 12 playback point advances one frame. playback point advances frame. • Po každém stisknutí tlačítka ((6) ) button postoupí bod přehrává1. time Press SEARCH button during playback. n reverse (6) isone pressed the is pressed the2. Press the “1” numeric button. Every the SEARCH reproduced repeatedly. (6) button ••the Every time the SEARCH (5) button during playback. 1. ••Press the SEARCH Manual search forward (6) Playback of the track is sped up while the SEARCH Playbackone of the track is sped up while the SEARCH (6)1. Set the start mode to “Play”. o jedenpoint rámec. playback frame. (6) button isone pressed • ní Every theadvances SEARCHpoint playback advances frame. the duringtime ARCH (5) button button isplayback. pressed. button pressed. (6) Playback ofstisknutí the track is is sped up while SEARCH •• Při delším tlačítka ((6) )track se přehrávání skladby playback point advances one frame. 1. Press SEARCH button during (6)2. •the Playback of the isthe sped upplayback. while the SEARCH 3. Within 1 second, press “2” numeric button. Press the “1” numeric button. 3. Within 1the second, press the “2” numeric button. button is of pressed. Manual search inthe reverse • zrychluje. Playback track is is sped while the SEARCH (6) Manual search in up reverse button pressed. 3. Within 1 second, press1the “2” numeric button. 3. Within second, press the “2” numeric button. button is pressed. Manual in reverse (5) button playback. 1. Presssearch the SEARCH Manual search in during reverse (5) button during playback. 1. Press the SEARCH Manuální vyhledávání vzad 3. Stiskněte Within 1 second, press the “2” numeric button. 3. číselné tlačítko „2“. Manual search in reverse 1. Během Press the SEARCH (5) button during playback. 1. přehrávání stiskněte tlačítko ((5) ).button during playback. 1. Press the SEARCH 1. Press the •SEARCH (5) button during playback. The playback mode is cancelled, and the search point is • The playback mode is repeatedly. cancelled, and the search point is reproduced k mode is cancelled, and •the search point is SEARCH (6) button is pressed the reproduced repeatedly. time the • Every The mode cancelled, and the search repeatedly. • Every time theplayback SEARCH (5)is button is pressed the point is playback point advances one frame. reproduced repeatedly. the SEARCH (5) button is pressed the playback point retreats one frame. •• Playback of the track is sped(6) up while SEARCH buttontheis(5) pressed (6) the Every time the int retreats one••frame. Playback ofbutton the iscancelled, spedSEARCH up while the SEARCH The playback mode isplayback andisthe search point is search point is • track The mode cancelled, and the is pressed. playback point advances one frame. the track is sped button up while therepeatedly. SEARCH (5) is pressed. 3. Within 1 second, press the “2” numeric button. reproduced reproduced repeatedly. (6) • Playback of the track isand sped upsearch while point the SEARCH • The playback mode isplayback is search Manual search incancelled, reverse •• The mode isthe cancelled, andthe the pointthe is essed. • Every time the SEARCH (5) button is pressed Every time the SEARCH (5) button is pressed •• Režim přehrávání arepeatedly. vyhledávací bod sepoint opakobutton issepressed. reproduced repeatedly. The playback mode iszruší cancelled, and the search is reproduced playback point the retreats one frame. playback point retreats one frame. (5) button during playback. 1. Press SEARCH • vaně Every time the SEARCH (5) button is pressed the is pressed the3. Within 1 second, press the “2” numeric button. reprodukuje. reproduced repeatedly. • Every time the SEARCH (5) button • Playback of the is up track whileisthe SEARCH (5) Manual search in sped reverse • track Playback offrame. the sped up while the SEARCH (5) point one • playback Every time theretreats SEARCH (5)retreats button one is pressed playback point frame. the button is pressed. button is pressed. • Playback of the track is one sped up track while SEARCH (5) playback point retreats (5) button during 1. Press SEARCH •the Playback of frame. the isthe sped upplayback. while the SEARCH (5) is of pressed. • button Playback the track is is sped up while the SEARCH (5) button pressed. button is pressed. DISPLAY

A-B

DISPLAY

A-B

LOCK

END MON

DISPLAY

A-B

CANCEL

SKIP BACK

LOCK

END MON

PITCH

TEXT

- INDEX/DIR +

PUSH ENTER

CUE PITCH

PLAY/PAUSE

TEXT

PITCH

- INDEX/DIR +

PUSH ENTER

PITCH

CUE

DISPLAY

A-B

PITCH

LOCK

END MON

TEXT

SKIP BACK

CANCEL

PUSH ENTER

SKIP BACK

PLAY/PAUSE

PITCH

CUE

CANCEL

PLAY/PAUSE

- INDEX/DIR +

TEXT

PUSH ENTER

CUE

CANCEL

END MON

LOCK

- INDEX/DIR +

SKIP BACK

PLAY/PAUSE

PITCH

PITCH

DISPLAY

A-B

PITCH

LOCK DISPLAY

END MON A-B

TEXT PITCH

DISPLAY

A-B

LOCK

END MON

DISPLAY

A-B

- INDEX/DIR +

PITCH

TEXT PUSH PITCH ENTER

CUE

DISPLAY LOCK CANCEL

A-B END MON SKIP BACK

LOCK

END MON

CANCEL

SKIP BACK

CANCEL

SKIP BACK

- INDEX/DIR +

PUSH ENTER

CUE

PITCH TEXT

- INDEX/DIR + LOCK PLAY/PAUSE CANCEL

CUE TEXT

- INDEX/DIR +

PLAY/PAUSE CANCEL

CUE

END MON PITCH SKIP BACK

PITCH SKIP BACK

PLAY/PAUSE

TEXT PUSH ENTER

- INDEX/DIR + PLAY/PAUSE

PITCH

PLAY/PAUSE

PITCH

PUSH ENTER

CUE PUSH ENTER

PITCH

DISPLAY

A-B

PITCH

LOCK

END MON

TEXT

DISPLAY

A-B

CANCEL

SKIP BACK

LOCK

END MON

- INDEX/DIR +

PUSH ENTER

CUE PITCH

PLAY/PAUSE

TEXT

PITCH

- INDEX/DIR +

PUSH ENTER

CUE

CANCEL

- INDEX/DIR +

DISPLAY

A-B

PITCH

LOCK

END MON

TEXT

PITCH

PUSH ENTER

SKIP BACK

PLAY/PAUSE

PITCH

PITCH

DISPLAY

A-B

PITCH

LOCK DISPLAY

END MON A-B

TEXT PITCH

DISPLAY

A-B

LOCK

END MON

DISPLAY

A-B

- INDEX/DIR +

PITCH

TEXT PUSH PITCH ENTER

CUE

DISPLAY LOCK CANCEL LOCK

END MON

SKIP BACK

CANCEL

SKIP BACK

LOCK

- INDEX/DIR +

A-B END MON SKIP BACK

CANCEL

DISPLAY

A-B

END MON

PUSH ENTER

- INDEX/DIR +

PUSH ENTER

CUE

PITCH TEXT

- INDEX/DIR + LOCK PLAY/PAUSE CANCEL

CUE TEXT

- INDEX/DIR +

PLAY/PAUSE CANCEL

CUE

END MON PITCH SKIP BACK

PITCH SKIP BACK

PLAY/PAUSE

TEXT PUSH ENTER

- INDEX/DIR + PLAY/PAUSE

PITCH

PLAY/PAUSE

PITCH

PUSH ENTER

CUE PUSH ENTER

PITCH

DISPLAY

A-B

PITCH

LOCK

END MON

TEXT

PITCH

TEXT

CUE

CANCEL

PLAY/PAUSE

PLAY/PAUSE

CUE

PUSH ENTER

CANCEL

PLAY/PAUSE

- INDEX/DIR +

SKIP BACK

- INDEX/DIR +

A-B

CANCEL

SKIP BACK

LOCKPLAY/PAUSE END MON

SKIP BACK

- INDEX/DIR +

PUSH ENTER

PUSH ENTER

CUE PITCH

DISPLAY

PLAY/PAUSE

TEXT

PITCH

- INDEX/DIR + PITCH

PUSH ENTER

CUE

PITCH

DISPLAY

A-B

PITCH

LOCK DISPLAY

END MON A-B

TEXT PITCH

CANCEL

DISPLAY SKIP BACK

- INDEX/DIR +

A-B

PITCH PLAY/PAUSE

LOCK

END MON

DISPLAY

A-B

TEXT PUSH PITCH ENTER

CUE

DISPLAY LOCK CANCEL

A-B END MON SKIP BACK

LOCK

END MON

CANCEL

SKIP BACK

CANCEL

SKIP BACK

PITCH

- INDEX/DIR +

PUSH ENTER

CUE

PITCH TEXT

- INDEX/DIR + LOCK PLAY/PAUSE CANCEL

CUE TEXT

- INDEX/DIR +

PLAY/PAUSE CANCEL

CUE

END MON PITCH SKIP BACK

PITCH SKIP BACK

PLAY/PAUSE

TEXT PUSH ENTER

- INDEX/DIR + PLAY/PAUSE

PITCH

PLAY/PAUSE

PITCH

PUSH ENTER

CUE PUSH ENTER

PITCH

13

DISPLAY

A-B

PITCH

LOCK

END MON

TEXT

DISPLAY

A-B

CANCEL

SKIP BACK

LOCK

END MON

- INDEX/DIR +

PUSH ENTER

CUE PITCH

PLAY/PAUSE TEXT

- INDEX/DIR +

PITCH

PUSH ENTER

13

13 13 13 13

ENGLISH ENGLISH ENGLISH ENGLISH ENGLISH

3. DEVICE OPERATION 3. OBSLUHA ZAŘÍZENÍ 3. DEVICE OPERATION 3. 3. DEVICE DEVICE OPERATION OPERATION

POKROČILÉ PŘEHRÁVÁNÍ ADVANCED CD PLAYBACK CD 3. DEVICE OPERATION ADVANCED CD PLAYBACK ADVANCED CD (1) přehrávání ADVANCED CD PLAYBACK PLAYBACK (1) Opakované Repeating playback of požadovaného a desired interval intervalu (1) Repeating playback of a desired interval ADVANCED CD PLAYBACK (1) playback (Single track repeat) (1) Repeating Repeating playback of of a a desired desired interval interval

(Single track repeat) 1. In the Preset menu, set the finish mode to “Stop”, (Opakování jedné skladby) (Single track repeat) (1) Repeating playback of a desired interval (Single track repeat) or “Recue”. 1. “Next” In the Preset menu,(See setpage the 22) finish mode to “Stop”, 1. V menu Preset nastavte režim (Finish) „Stop“, 1. In the Preset menu,(See set theukončení finish mode to na “Stop”, “Next” or “Recue”. page 22) 1. In the Preset menu, set the finish mode to “Stop”, (Single track repeat) 2. „Next“ Press the REPEAT button on the remote control unit. nebo „Recue“. (Viz strana 22) “Next” or “Recue”. (See page 22) or “Recue”. (See page 22)remote control unit. 2. “Next” Press the REPEAT button on the 1. In thethe Preset menu, set on the finish mode to unit. “Stop”, 2. Stiskněte tlačítko REPEAT na dálkovém ovladači. Press REPEAT button the remote control 2. “Next” Press the on the or REPEAT “Recue”.button (See page 22)remote control unit. 2. Press the REPEAT button on the remote control unit.

3. 3. 3. 3. 3. 4. 4. 3. 4. 4. 4.

• The “REPEAT 1” indicators light on the display and the track repeat mode is set. • single The “REPEAT 1” indicators light on the display and the The “REPEAT 1” indicators light„REPEAT on the display and the •• Na displeji serepeat rozsvítí kontrolka 1“ a nastaví se single track mode is set. •Use The “REPEAT 1” indicators light on track the display the the select knob to select the to beand played single opakování track repeatjedné mode is set. režim skladby. single repeat mode is set. the track to be played repeatedly. Use thetrack select knob to select •Use Thethe “REPEAT 1” indicators light on track the display the select ovladač knob to kselect be and played Použijte otočný výběruthe skladby, to která se bude repeatedly. Use the select knob to select Press PLAY/PAUSE button. singlethe track repeat mode is set.the track to be played repeatedly. opakovat. repeatedly. Press theselect PLAY/PAUSE button. Use knob to button. select the track to be played Pressthe the PLAY/PAUSE Stiskněte PLAY/PAUSE. Press the tlačítko PLAY/PAUSE button. repeatedly. DISPLAY

A-B

DISPLAY LOCK

A-B END MON

PITCH

PITCH TEXT

- INDEX/DIR +

PITCH CUE TEXT PITCH

- INDEX/DIR +

PUSH ENTER

4. Press the PLAY/PAUSE button. DISPLAY LOCK DISPLAY

A-B

END A-BMON

CANCEL END SKIP BACK TEXT LOCK MON CUE LOCK END MON TEXT

CANCEL

CUE SKIP A-B BACK PITCH CUE SKIP BACK

LOCK CANCEL

END MON SKIP BACK

CANCEL DISPLAY

TEXT

PLAY/PAUSE - INDEX/DIR +

PITCH

- INDEX/DIR + PLAY/PAUSE

PITCH

PLAY/PAUSE

PITCH

- INDEX/DIR + PLAY/PAUSE

PITCH

PUSH ENTER

PUSH ENTER PUSH ENTER

PUSH ENTER

• Playback starts. Once the starts. selected track ends, it is played again from the • Playback • Playback starts. beginning. Once the selected track ends, it is played again from the ••• Začne přehrávání. Playback starts. • Once the selected trackmode ends,can it isalso played again the Theskončení single track repeat bepřehrávat set byfrom pressing beginning. Once the selected track ends, it played again from the ••• Po zvolené skladby seiszačne znovu •• beginning. Playback starts. the REPEAT button during playback. current track is Thezačátku. single track repeat mode can alsoThe be set by pressing beginning. od • The single track repeat mode can be set by from pressing Once the selected track ends, it isalso played again the played repeatedly. the REPEAT button during playback. The current track is The single track repeat mode can also be set by pressing •• Režim opakování jedné skladby lze nastavit také běthe REPEAT button during playback. The current trackthe is beginning. • the To REPEAT cancel the single track repeatThe mode, press played repeatedly. button during playback. current track is přehrávání stisknutím tlačítka REPEAT. Současná played repeatedly. •• hem The single track can also be set by pressing REPEAT button repeatedly until the “REPEAT 1”indicator To cancel the repeat single mode track repeat mode, press the played repeatedly. skladba se bude přehrávat opakovaně. • the To cancel the single track repeat mode, press REPEAT button during playback. The current trackthe is turns off.button REPEAT repeatedly until the “REPEAT • To cancel the single track repeat mode, 1”indicator press the • K zrušení režimu opakování jedné skladby stiskněte REPEAT button repeatedly until the “REPEAT 1”indicator played repeatedly. turns off. REPEAT button repeatedly until the “REPEAT 1”indicator (All• track repeat) turns off. the To cancel single track repeat mode, press the opakovaně turns repeat) off. tlačítko REPEAT, dokud nezhasne kontrolka (All track REPEAT button repeatedly until the “REPEAT 1”indicator 1. In the Preset menu, set the finish mode to “Continuous”. „REPEAT 1“. (All track repeat) (All track repeat) turns off. 22)menu, set the finish mode to “Continuous”. 1. (See In thepage Preset 1. In thepage Preset set the finish mode to “Continuous”. (See 22)menu, 1. In the Preset menu, set theon finish to control “Continuous”. (Opakování všech skladeb) (All track repeat) 2. (See Press the REPEAT button the mode remote unit. page 22) (See page 22) 2. V Press the REPEAT button on the remote control 1. menu Preset nastavte režim ukončení (Finish) naunit. „ContiIn the Preset menu, set the finish mode to “Continuous”. 2. Press the REPEAT button on the remote control unit. 2. nuous“. Presspage the REPEAT button on the remote control unit. (Viz strana 22) (See 22) CUE

CANCEL

SKIP BACK

PLAY/PAUSE

PITCH

na the dálkovém 2. Stiskněte REPEAT Press the tlačítko REPEAT button on remoteovladači. control unit.

• The “REPEAT” indicators light on the display and the all repeat mode is set. light on the display and the all • track The “REPEAT” indicators • The indicators on the display and the all track“REPEAT” repeat mode is set. light • The “REPEAT” indicators light on the display and the all track repeat mode is set. track repeat mode is set. Thedispleji “REPEAT” indicators light on„REPEAT“ the displayaand the all •• Na se rozsvítí kontrolka nastaví se track repeat modevšech is set.skladeb. režim opakování

14 14 14 14 14 14

3. 3. 3. 3.

Press the tlačítko PLAY/PAUSE button. Stiskněte PLAY/PAUSE. Press the PLAY/PAUSE button. Press the PLAY/PAUSE button. Press the PLAY/PAUSE button. DISPLAY

A-B

DISPLAY LOCK

A-B END MON

PITCH

PITCH TEXT

- INDEX/DIR +

PITCH CUE TEXT PITCH

- INDEX/DIR +

PUSH ENTER

3. Press the PLAY/PAUSE button. DISPLAY LOCK DISPLAY

A-B

END A-BMON

CANCEL END SKIP BACK TEXT LOCK MON CUE LOCK END MON TEXT CANCEL DISPLAY

CUE SKIP A-B BACK PITCH CUE

CANCEL

SKIP BACK

LOCK CANCEL

END MON SKIP BACK

TEXT

PLAY/PAUSE - INDEX/DIR +

PITCH

- INDEX/DIR + PLAY/PAUSE

PITCH

PLAY/PAUSE

PITCH

- INDEX/DIR + PLAY/PAUSE

PITCH

PUSH ENTER

PUSH ENTER PUSH ENTER

PUSH ENTER

The disc is played repeatedly. •• Disk se bude přehrávat opakovaně. all track repeat modeskladeb can alsolze benastavit set by pressing the • The disc is played repeatedly. • Režim opakování všech také během •• The disc isbutton played repeatedly. REPEAT during playback. The all track repeat mode can also be set by pressing the • The disc is played repeatedly. přehrávání stisknutím tlačítka REPEAT. •• The all track repeat mode also be set byprogram pressingplay, the If the REPEAT button iscan pressed during REPEAT button during playback. •• The all track repeat mode can also be set by pressing the Pokud jeis tlačítko REPEAT stisknuto během přehrávání button playback. •• REPEAT The disc played repeatedly. the tracks are during played repeatedly in the program programmed If the REPEAT button is pressed during play, REPEAT button during playback. skladby se budou přehrávat opakovaně vthe naIfprogramu, the REPEAT button is pressed during • The all track repeat mode can also be set byprogram pressingplay, order. the tracks are played repeatedly in the programmed • If the REPEAT button is pressed during program play, programovaném pořadí. the tracks are played repeatedly in the programmed REPEAT button during playback. • the To cancel track repeat mode, the REPEAT order. tracks the areallplayed repeatedly in press the programmed ••• order. IfK REPEAT is the pressed during program play, zrušení režimu opakování všech skladeb stiskněte button repeatedly until “REPEAT” indicator turns Tothe cancel the allbutton track repeat mode, press the REPEAT order. • the To cancel the all track repeat mode, press the REPEAT tracks are played repeatedly in the programmed opakovaně tlačítko REPEAT, dokud nezhasne kontrolka off. button repeatedly until the “REPEAT” turns • To cancel the all track repeat mode, pressindicator the REPEAT button repeatedly until the “REPEAT” indicator turns order. „REPEAT“. off. button repeatedly until the “REPEAT” indicator turns • off. To cancel the all track repeat mode, press the REPEAT off. button repeatedly until the a“REPEAT” indicator turns (2) Repeating playback specific section (2) off. Opakované přehrávání určitého úseku ve (2) within Repeating playback a specific section a track CUE

CANCEL

SKIP BACK

PLAY/PAUSE

PITCH

skladbě playback a specific section (2) within a track (2) Repeating Repeating playback a specific section within a track (A-B repeat) within a track (2) repeat) Repeating playback a specific section (A-B (Opakování A-B) press the A-B button at the point where 1. During playback, (A-B repeat) within a track (A-B repeat)

you want to startpress repeated playback point). 1. Během During playback, the A-B button(Aat thevpoint where A-B místě, kde 1. přehrávání stiskněte tlačítko 1. During playback, press the A-B button(Aatpoint). the point where you want to start repeated playback 1. During playback, press the A-B button at the point where chcete, aby začala opakovaná reprodukce (bod A). (A-Byou repeat) want to start repeated playback (A point). you want to start repeated playback (A point). 1. During playback, press the A-B button at the point where you want to start repeated playback (A point). DISPLAY

A-B

DISPLAY LOCK

A-B END MON

DISPLAY LOCK DISPLAY

A-B

END A-BMON

PITCH

PITCH TEXT

- INDEX/DIR +

PITCH CUE TEXT PITCH

- INDEX/DIR +

CANCEL END SKIP BACK TEXT LOCK MON CUE LOCK END MON TEXT CANCEL DISPLAY

CUE SKIP A-B BACK PITCH CUE

CANCEL

SKIP BACK

LOCK CANCEL

END MON SKIP BACK

TEXT

PLAY/PAUSE - INDEX/DIR +

PUSH ENTER

PITCH

- INDEX/DIR + PLAY/PAUSE

PITCH

PLAY/PAUSE

PITCH

- INDEX/DIR + PLAY/PAUSE

PITCH

PUSH ENTER PUSH ENTER PUSH ENTER

PUSH ENTER

• The “A-” indicator flashes on the display. Thedispleji “A-”A-B indicator flashes onthe the point display. Na bliká kontrolka 2. ••Press the button again „A-“. at where you want • The “A-” indicator flashes on the display. • The “A-” indicator flashes on the display. to endthe repeated playback (Bat point).point 2. V Press A-Bchcete, button again where you want 2. místě, kde aby opakovaná reprodukce skončila, 2. Press A-B button again(Batpoint). the point where you want to endthe repeated playback 2. •Press the A-B button again at the point where you want • The The “A-B” indicator stops flashing (remaining lit), and stiskněte znovu tlačítko A-B (bod B). indicator flashes the display. to end“A-” repeated playback (B on point). to endA-B repeated playback (B point). the section begins playing repeatedly. • Kontrolka The “A-B” indicator stops flashing (remaining lit), and • „A-B“ přestane blikat (zůstane svítit) a úsek 2. •Press the A-Bindicator button again atflashing the point where you want The “A-B” stops (remaining If noA-B B point is set before the current track ends,lit), the and end the section begins playing repeatedly. •• The “A-B” indicator stops flashing (remaining lit), and A-B se začne opakovaně to the endA-B repeated playback (Bpřehrávat. point). section begins playing repeatedly. of the is as the Bthe point. • the If no B track point is set set before current track ends, the end A-B section begins playing repeatedly. •• If Pokud bod B není nastaven před(remaining koncem no B point is set before the current track ends,současné the end The “A-B” indicator stops flashing lit), and the track as the B point. no B point set before the current track end 3. •ToIfofcancel A-Bis repeat playback, press theends, A-Bthe button of the track is set as the B point. skladby, konec skladby se nastaví jako bod the A-B section begins playing repeatedly. B. the track is set as the B point. press the A-B button 3. again. Toofcancel A-B repeat playback, Ifzrušení no B point isrepeat set before the current track ends, end 3. cancel A-B playback, press the A-B the button 3. •To K opakovaného přehrávání A-B stiskněte znovu again. 3. To cancel A-B repeat playback, press the A-B button of the track is set as the B point. again. tlačítko A-B. again. NOTE: 3. To cancel A-B repeat playback, press the A-B button • The A-B points must be separated by at least 1 seconds NOTE: again. to work. NOTE: • time The A-B points must be separated by at least 1 seconds POZNÁMKA: NOTE: • The points must be separated by at least 1 seconds timeA-B to work. •• The A-B points must be separated by at least 1 seconds Pro time funkčnost to work. musí být body A a B odděleny alespoň NOTE: time to work. o jednu sekundu. • The A-B points must be separated by at least 1 seconds time to work. CUE

CANCEL

SKIP BACK

PLAY/PAUSE

PITCH

HSILGNE

NOITAREPO ECIVED .3

3. DEVICE

DISPLAY

A-B

PITCH

LOCK

END MON

TEXT

- INDEX/DIR +

+ RID/XEDNI -

HCTIP

B-A

YALPSID

TXET

NOM DNE

KCOL

ENGLISH ENGLISH ENGLISH ENGLISH ENGLISH ENGLISH ENGLISH

3. DEVICE OPERATION 3. OPERATION 3. DEVICE 3. DEVICE DEVICE OPERATION 3. OBSLUHA DEVICE OPERATION S xednI )9( (9) IndexehSkip (7) Returning to the beginning p ofikthe tOPERATION fo ZAŘÍZENÍ gninnigeb eht ot current track during playback k c a byalp gniru d kc DEVICE OPERATION kcart a fo yalp eht gnirud demrofre3.p ePress b nac the hcra� esor xethe dni § nA button An3. search cancontrol be performed during th 3.index DEVICE OPERATION on the remote unit (3) Playing specific tracks in a specific Press � or button on the remote control unit .dedro3. c3.erto n eselect eor b sthe apress hthe x� edtrack n i the ethe s� oofh§ w whose has recorded. (3) Playing specific tracks in a specific 3. Stiskněte tlačítko nebo na klunit 1. Turn the jog wheel counterclockwise the � on ehindex tdálkovém ssremote eremote rp rbeen o ovladači econtrol siw kcounit crvýetnuoc leeh 3. Press the � or the § button the Press the or § button on the control the program number. (3) Přehrávání určitých skladeb v určitém 3. Press the � or the § button on the remote control unit (3) Playing specific tracks in aca specific (3) Playing specific tracks in specific (Program play) to select the track of the program number. (3) order Playing specific tracks in a specific n o i t a c o l i f i c e p s a t a y a l p g n i t r a t s r o f l u f e s u s i n o i t c n u f s i h T This function is useful for starting play button during playback. .kcaat byaa order (Program play) to select the track of the program number. to select the track of the program number. běru skladby pro dané číslo programu. pořadí (programované přehrávání) program number. button on the remote unit to to a previou order (Program play) order (Program play) si hcihw xedni suoiverp a ot yalp 4. snrPress uto teselect r tIthe .kcthe aCANCEL rt gtrack nothe l aof fothe of a long track. Itcontrol returns play order (Program play) 3. Press the � or § button on the remote control unit 4. Press the CANCEL button on the remote control unit to 3. delete Press � or the the button § button on remote control unit (3) Playing tracks in a With this function,specific you can choose of–specific the Press CANCEL on remote unit to 4. Press the CANCEL button on the thethe remote control unit to CAN4. K programu stiskněte tlačítko (3)této Playing specific tracks a athe no nany oin ttuskladby b XEtracks D ehon t sathe enamit fo 4. r4. ebdelete m uvymazání n ethe h ttrack othe tCANCEL tskladby nin elathe viuofqprogram. ezthe equivalent to thecontrol number of times the IND Press button on the remote control unit to With this function, you can choose any of specific the tracks on the Díky funkci můžete vybrat jakékoli naNIdisku to select athe track in to select the track track ofprogram. the program program number. number. With this function, you can choose any of the tracks on the With this function, you can choose any of the tracks on the order (Program play) disc and program them to play in any order. Up to 99 tracks delete a track in the program. delete a track in the program. With this function, you can choose any of the tracks on the CEL na dálkovém ovladači. order (Program play) s e c n a v d a t i , y l e v i t a n r e t l a ; d e s s e r p s a w l o r t n o c R I r o t i n u e h t the unit or IR control was pressed; alternat delete a track in the program. disc and program them to play in any order. Up to 99 tracks programovat je k přehrávání v požadovaném pořadí. Napro-

4. Press Press the CANCEL CANCEL button on on the remote remote control control unit unit to to disc and program discbe and program them them to to play play inin in any any order. order. Up Up to to 99 99 tracks tracks can programmed. disc and program them to play any rebm uany n order. ehoft othe t Up tntracks eto lavi99 uqon etracks sithe hcihw x4. edni tneuqthe esbus a ot yabutton lp play tothe a subsequent index which is equivale can be programmed. gramovat lze až 99 skladeb. With this function, you delete aa track in the program. can be programmed. can be programmed. With function, you can can choose choose any of the tracks on the delete track in the program. can bethis programmed. s a w l o r t n o c R I r o t i n u e h t n o n o t t u b + X E D N I e h t s e m i t f o of times the INDEX + button on the unit o disc and and the program them to to play play in in any any order. order. Up Up to to 99 99 tracks tracks disc program them Creating program .desserp pressed. Creating the program can be programmed. Vytvoření programu can be programmed. Creating the program Creating the program Creating thePROGRAM program button se•on xThe edthe ni pickup oremote n htiwwill Dcontrol C return a rof unit. detotarthe epobeginning si noitcnufof pikthe s xecurrent dni eht fI If the tnerindex ruc ehskip t fofunction gninnigeisboperated eht ot nfor rutear CD lli 1. Press the 1. Stiskněte Press the tlačítko PROGRAM buttonniaon the remote 1. PROGRAM na dálkovém track si edom the tratS“No eht nIndex” ehw eumessage nitnoc lliwappea kca m ehtand noplayback srovladači. acontrol econtrol ppawill eunit. gunit. acontinue ssem ”xwhen ednI the oN“Start eht mode ,dedroiscer recorded, 1. Press the PROGRAM button on the remote control unit. 1. Press the PROGRAM button on the remote 1. Press the on the remote control unit. Creating program Creating the PROGRAM program button unthe em start teserof p ethe ht ntr .gnset iyalptow“Play” on kcarint ethe ht fpreset o trats menu. eht ot snruter yalp dna ,yalpsid display, and play returns .to 5. Press of thethe ENTER button on • on The pickup willcontrol returnunit. to the beginning current tnethe rrucremote eht fo control gninnigeunit b ehto t ot nruter lli 1. Press the PROGRAM button the remote 5. Press the ENTER button on the remote control unit to 1. Press the PROGRAM button on the remote control unit. 5. Press the ENTER button remote unit 5. add Press theskladby ENTER button on on the remote control unit to .3 DEVICE OPERATION a track. track and remain in CUE3.mode when the Start mode is stlačítko i the ethe dom tENTER ratS econtrol ht na nehdálkovém w edoto m EUC ni nia 5. K přidání stiskněte 5. Press the ENTER button on remote control unit to add a track. :ETON NOTE: add aaatrack. add track. set to “Stop” or “Cue” in the preset menu. . u n e m t e s e r p e h t ni ”euC“ ro add track. ovladači. scsid rof desu eb tonnac noit5. cnuPress f piks the xedENTER ni ehT button • • The function on the index remoteskip control unit to tocannot be u Press the the remote xedni eht ,ecnatsni taht nI .selif5.oidadd ua hatitrack. w dENTER edrocer button onrecorded withcontrol audio unit files. In that insta track. sehirtoto ce ig dneitan ag vatneR nott)u7b( button navigate directories. ikthe S xednI )9( (9)NOTE: Index e beginning pof ehSkip t fo gninnigeb .e t radd riu • and When the Next trackon reserve mode is set to "ON" in the eht ni "NO" ot tes si edom evreser kcart • “PGM” indicator flashes, “P0!” appears the ring playback k c a b y a l p g n i r u d k c a r t t n e r r u c “PGM” and “P0!” appears on the jog Bliká a na displeji se zobrazí „P0!“. demrofrep eb •••n•adisplay. c“PGM” hcrkontrolka aesindicator xedni „PGM“ nAflashes, An index search can be performed during theduring play of a track preset menu, if you turn wheel playback, ,kcabyalp gnirud leehw goj eht nrut uoy “PGM” indicator flashes, and “P0!” appears on the indicator flashes, and “P0!” appears on the • display. “PGM” indicator flashes, and “P0!” appears on the the track number indication ofocthe display will blink and dna knilb lliw yalpsid eht fo noitacidni r .dedroce2. r nePoužijte edisplay. bor sapress h xtlačítko ednthe i eso hwnebo whose index has been recorded. display. na dálkovém ovladači k výběounterclockwise � � e h t s s e r p r o e s i w k c o l c r e t n u l e e h w g o j e h t n r u T . 1 display. on the remote control unit 2. Press the � or the § buttonyou can select the track to play next. .txen yalp ot kcart eh “PGM” indicator flashes, and “P0!” appears on the � or the § button on the remote control unit Press the gnitrats ro2. f luru f••esprvní u s i n o i t c n u f s i h T This function is useful for starting play at a specific location mgu tcnthe eortitD 1( press (10) the Direct Jump “PGM” indicator flashes, “P0!” appears onunit the .kcaby•aplpTo niJ rud ub )0track, skladby programu. � or § button on control 2. Press the � or the § button on the remote control unit 2. to Press the select the first track of the and program. enter next ENTER button again. orl the button onthe theremote remote control display. track the program. • Toindex enter which the next ot yalp sn2. rutto ePress r select tI .kcthe arthe t� gnfirst o athe fo§ of of a long track. It returns playunit to a previous is track, press the ENTER button again. display. to select first track the program. to selectthe the firstENTER trackof of the enter the track, press the To next press theENTER ENTER button again. Repeat and to program the button tracks in theto be played d to the ofna the program. To enter the next track, press ENTER button again. edálkovém hthe tprogram. gniremote rto udthe yovladači ltcenumber rid dekyapotvrzelp etimes btoot kcthe art eINDEX h•••••t To fK o rzadání eenter usteps nthe ehnext ton t2 ltrack, eS 3 Select the number of the again. track Stiskněte button on control unit Press následující stiskněte ENTER Repeat steps 2ceand 3skladby to program the tlačítko tracks in the emit fo re3. b2.mu n select ehtthe ot tlačítko tENTER nelfirst avithe uqtrack e§ equivalent of –bm button Press the � or button on the remote control unit ENTER button on the remote control unit to 3. Press the • Repeat steps 2 and 3 to program the tracks in the • Repeat steps 2 and 3 to program the tracks in the desired order. � or the § button on the remote control unit 2. Press the • Repeat steps 2 and 3 to program the tracks in the e h t n o ) 9 o t 0 ( s n o t t u b c i r e m u n e h t g n i s s e r p y b e d o m p o t s stop mode by pressing the numeric button ENTER button on the remote control unit to Press the ENTER button on the remote control unit to 3. lselect Press the ní dané skaldby. track. desired order. desserp sa3. w o r t n o c R I r o t i n u e h t the unit or IR control was pressed; alternatively, it advances znovu. ENTER button on the remote control unit to 3. Press the to select first track of the program. •• desired To enter the next track, press the ENTER button again. select the the track. order. desired order. to select the first track of the program. To enter the next track, press the ENTER button again. desired order. . t i n u l o r t n o c e t o m e r remote control unit. (8) Audible quick search h c r a e s kci 6. Press the PROGRAM button to exit the program edit select the track. i hcihw xedni select tselect neuqethe sthe butrack. strack. a ot yalp play to a subsequent index which is equivalent to the the steps number ••• Opakujte kroky 2 3 button k3 Repeat 22 a and 3naprogramování to program program theskladeb tracks vin inpožathe 6. Press PROGRAM to exit the program edit Repeat steps and to the tracks the ENTER button on the remote control unit to 3. Press the 6. Press the PROGRAM button to exit the program edit 6. Press the PROGRAM button to exit the program edit s n o t t u b c i r e m u n e h t e s u , e v o b a r o 0 1 r e b m u n k c a r t t c e l e s o T To select track number 10 or above, use the mode. ENTER button on the remote control unit to 3. Press the 6. amode. Press the PROGRAM button toq texit t no nottub + XEDNI eht semit fo of•times + button the unit or IR control was Usingthe thisINDEX function, you canon search for desired point quickly ylkciu niop the derisprogram ed a rof hcedit raes nac uoy ,n dovaném pořadí. desired order. desired order. select mode. mode. . t i g i d r e w o l e h t t c e l e s n e h t d n a t s r i f t i g i d r e h g i h e h t t c e l e s o t to select the higher digit first and then select select the the track. track. mode. .desserp pressed. within a track in the both forward or6.reverse direction. .noexit itcerthe id esprogram rever ro dedit rawrof htob eh Press the 6.ehStiskněte tlačítko kto režimu editace tcceleeahsskip sfoi function kgcnainrtnibutton ee hisb t operated fohist rpressed e eptthe n ietPROGRAM ahrTemode p•o PROGRAM ehT button The Press PROGRAM button toopuštění pause edooperation m eexit suapthe eafter ht gprogram nithe rud dnumber esedit serp siof notthe tub t tarthe epo beginning si noitcnufof pikthe s xecurrent dni eht fI If •the for arduring CD n eto tnedWhen reindex ru tSEARCH g e ob tm nru unte6. lltmode. iwrwith ufakthe cno ipoindexes programu. . s g n i t t e s e d o m t r a t s e h t n o s d n e p e d depends on the start mode settings. mode. released, mode at ta dellecnac si edom esuap eht ,desaeler l acontinue the si eand domthe tthe rabutton tS“No eht nisIndex” eh w eumessage nitnthe oc llpause iw appears kcab yalp on disnacancelled kcarmain t ssem ”xwhen ednI o N“Start eht mode ,dedroiscer recorded, the thatand point with the sound .tup12 tuo gnieb dnuos e eset .to unthe embeing teserof poutput. i r”tyaylnow rats menu. eht ot snruter yalp dna ,yalpsid display, play returns start 2ethe 1htkcntrack a aPl“p ootplaying. Tte:eslpmaxE Example: To play track n to the beginning of the current tManual nerruc esearch ht fo gforward ninnigeb eht ot nruter lliw pukcip ehT • draw Skip to the next press ENTER Přeskočte na další požadovanou skladbu lP“niontiaem doem UE mode when••• the Start mode is desired si etrack dom and tratS eht nethe hawstiskněte edom.”EyUaC r dtnratskceahrtt teS .1 1. Set the start mode to “Play”. Skip to the next desired track and press the ENTER : E T O N NOTE: • Skip to the next desired track and press the ENTER • Skip to the next desired track and press the ENTER button again. • znovu Skip to the next desired track and press the tlačítko ENTER. ”nin .un em te ser(6) pENTER ehbutton t.cannot Cc“ ”playback. tS1“for thdiscs ttessserP .2 2. Press the Press the SEARCH .kc“1” abyanumeric lp gnirud nottub )6( HC nnoi t”te uubduring irero•mused upno” “ oeindicator ac the nopreset itcnuf •menu. pibutton kbutton s xedagain. n i ehT 2• and 3•1.toThe index skip function be “PGM” lights, and the DN-C640 is ready to button. play button again. again. Repeat steps program the tracks inpožathe button again. • Opakujte kroky 2 a 3 k naprogramování skladeb v • “PGM” indicator lights, and the DN-C640 is ready to play • Repeat steps 2 and 3 to program the tracks in the nI .selif oidu•a• desired hSkip tiw to desteps dsteps rocenext r 22 and recorded with files. In that instance, theindicator index lights, the desired track and press the ENTER ••• your “PGM” and the DN-C640 isis ready to play “PGM” indicator lights, and the DN-C640 ready to play program. Repeat 33 program the tracks inin Repeat and 3 to to program theaudio tracks in the the •• dovaném Skip toorder. the next desired track and press the ENTER “PGM” indicator lights, and the DN-C640 is ready to play Repeat steps 2 and to program the tracks the your program. :ETON .seirotcerid edesired tbutton agivan again. nopořadí. ttub button navigate directories. order. your program. your program. desired order. desired order. button your program. desired order. Press theagain. PROGRAM button to exit the program input serve mode4. is set to "ON" in the e h t n i " N O " o t t e s s i e d o m e v r e s e r k c a r t t x e N e h t n e h W • • “PGM” indicator lights, the is to 4. Stiskněte Press the tlačítko PROGRAM exit the program input Repeat steps 2 2PROGRAM andbutton 3 to to program program the tracksvkládání in the ktoopuštění režimu “PGM” and the DN-C640 DN-C640 is ready ready to play play svítí aand DN-C640 je připraven k přehrá••Press Repeat steps and 3 4. Press the PROGRAM the input 4. the PROGRAM button exit the program n the jog wheel during playback, ,kcato bto lp gn ithe rudprogram ltracks eehw gin oinput j the eht nrutPlaying uoy••fKontrolka iyour ,uthe neprogram. mprograms tindicator es„PGM“ erp lights, mode. Playing the programs 4. programu. Press the PROGRAM button button toyaexit exit the program input desired order. mode. your program. Playing the programs Playing the programs desired order. vání vašeho programu. tion of the display will blink and d n a k n i l b l l i w y a l p s i d e h t f o n o i t a c i d n i r e b m u n k c a r t e h t mode. mode. Playing •mode. “PGM” indicator lights, and the DN-C640 is ready to play 1. Press the the programs PLAY/PAUSE button. ••Press “PGM” andsvítit theto ready Kontrolka „PGM“lights, zůstane aexit DN-C640 4.pm the PROGRAM button toDN-C640 exit the is program input Press button. to play next. .je txepřipraven nto yinput aplay lp ot kca1. rt eh t tcelethe s nPLAY/PAUSE ac uoy 4. the PROGRAM button the program •• “PGM” indicator and DN-C640 isis ready to play •Press “PGM” indicator lights, andthe the DN-C640 is ready to play u J tprogram. ceindicator rindicator iD )01(lights, (10) Direct Jump your 1. Press the PLAY/PAUSE 1. Press the PLAY/PAUSE button. “PGM” lights, and the DN-C640 ready to play 1. Pressthe theprograms PLAY/PAUSEbutton. button. Playing program.vašeho programu. mode. Playing the programs kyour přehrávání Přehrávání programů mode. your program. your program. • The playback mode is cancelled, and the search point is si tniop hcraes eht dna ,dellecnac si edo your program. b ot kcart eht f•o r“PGM” ebmun indicator eht tceleSlights, Select the number of the track to be played directly during the and the DN-C640 is ready to play 1. Press the PLAY/PAUSE button. reproduced repeatedly. .yldetaep • “PGM” indicator lights, and the DN-C640 is ready to play Editing program 1. Stiskněte Press the9)tlačítko PLAY/PAUSE button. 1. PLAY/PAUSE. remun ehtEditování gnisseyour rpthe yprogramu b edom pots stop mode by time pressing numeric buttons on the Editing the program program. (6) button(0istopressed the eht desserp si nottub )6( HCRAES e • Every the the SEARCH your program. Editing the program Editing the program Editing .tinuthe lo rtnprogram oRECALL c etomer button remote control unit. earch hunit crone aesframe. kciuq elbiduA )8( 1. Press the on playback the remote pointcontrol advances .emarf eno secnavda Press the RECALL button on the remote control unit RECALL naabove, dál- use the numeric buttons Během zobrazení „PXX“ stiskněte tlačítko voba ro 011. r e b m u n k c a r t t c e l e s o T To select track number 10 or 1. Press the RECALL button on the remote control unit 1. Press the RECALL button on the remote control unit (6)• )6( HCRAES eht elihw pu deps si kcart e • Playback of the track is sped up while the SEARCH while the “PXX” is displayed... 1. Press the RECALL button on the remote control unit the program an search forEditing a desired point quickly y l k c i u q t n i o p d e r i s e d a r o f h c r a e s n a c u o y , n o i t c n u f s i h t g n i s U program while “PXX” displayed... ovladači. t dna tsor rif reverse tEditing igidkovém rehdirection. gthe ithe hthe eh t tcelesis tdisplayed... to select the pressed. .de while the “PXX” isis while “PXX” while the “PXX” isodisplayed... displayed... forward .button no itcehigher riis de srdigit ever first ro drand awrothen f htoselect b eht nthe i kclower art a ndigit. ihtiw .n oafter ttub cthe icontrol remnumber un ”unit 2“ eof ht sthe ser•ptrack ,dnocises selected 1play nihstarts. tiW .3 3. Within 1 second, press the “2” numeric 1. Press the RECALL on the remote bmun eduring ht rPress etthe fa n oitarRECALL emode po ehT button The operation Program 1. the button on the remote control unit isre pressed pause e d o m e s u a p e h t g n i r u d d e s s e r p s i n o t t u b H C R A E S a n e h W • Manual search in reverse esreve • Program play starts. ittepause s edom twhile rats isehthe t no“PXX” sdneat pis eddisplayed... depends mode starts. Program play starts. while the “PXX” is displayed... d,gnthe mode cancelled ta delleon cnathe c si start edom esuasettings. p eht ,desaeler•••sProgram iProgram nottub eplay h t dn a play starts. (5) playback. .kcabyalp gnirud nottub )5( HC 1. Press the SEARCH d being output. .tupt12 uo gbutton nieb dnduring uExit os ehthe t htprogram iw tniop tamode ht 21 kcart yalp oT :elpmaxE Example: To play track Exit ••the program mode Program play starts. Program play starts. Exit the program mode Exit the program mode • rthe Začne Exit mode d1. raw o f hprogram crapřehrávání ePROGRAM s laun aMprogramu. Press the button. .”yalP“ ot edom trats eht teS .1 1. Set the start mode to “Play”. 1. Press the PROGRAM button. 1. Press the PROGRAM button. 1. Press the PROGRAM button. • “PGM” indicator turns off. 1. Press the PROGRAM button. Exit the program mode H C R A E S e h t s s e r P . 1 button during playback. . k c a b y a l p g n i r u d n o t t u b ) 6 ( Exit program mode .nottub ciremun ”1“ eht sserP .2 2. Press the “1” numeric button. • the “PGM” indicator turns off. Opuštění režimu programu ••• “PGM” indicator turns off. “PGM” indicator turns off. when the EJECT button is 2. Press the UP or the DOWN button on the remote control The program is also cleared “PGM” indicator turns off. 2. Press the UP or the button on the remote ovladači control The program is also cleared when the EJECT button is 1. ••Stiskněte Press the PROGRAM button. 2. Stiskněte tlačítko UPDOWN nebonumber DOWN na dálkovém 1. the PROGRAM button. 2. Press UP or the DOWN button on the remote control 2. Press the UP or the DOWN button on the remote control The program isis also cleared when ••Press The program also cleared when the EJECT button 1. tlačítko PROGRAM. tothe select the program you want to edit. pressed. 2. unit Press the UP or the DOWN button on the remote control The program is also cleared when the the EJECT EJECT button button isis is unit to select the program number you want to edit. pressed. • pressed. “PGM” indicator indicator turns off. off. kunit výběru čísla programu, který chcete editovat. unit to select the program number you want to edit. to select the program number you want to edit. pressed. • “PGM” turns • Kontrolka „PGM“ zhasne. unit to select the program number you want to edit. pressed. 2. on The program is cleared when • The playback mode control is cancelled, and is také spo i tnstisknutí iop hcthe raetlačítka sEJECT eht dEJECT. nbutton a ,delleis cnac si edo 2. Press Press the the UP UP or or the the DOWN DOWN button button on the the remote remote control Thesearch program is also also cleared when the EJECT button is ••• the Program sepoint vymaže unit to select the program number you want to edit. pressed. reproduced repeatedly. .yldetaep unit to select the program number you want to edit. pressed. • Every time the SEARCH (5) button is pressed the eht desserp si nottub )5( HCRAES e playback point retreats one frame. .emarf eno staerter cancelled, and the search point is si tniop hcraes eht dna ,dellecnac si edom kcabyalp ehT • • Playback of the track is sped up while the SEARCH (5) )5( HCRAES eht elihw pu deps si kcart e y. .yldetaeper decudorper button is pressed. .de eht desserp si nottub )6( HCRAES eht emit yrevE • RCH (6) button is pressed the es one frame. .emarf eno secnavda tniop kcabyalp )6( HCRAES eht elihw pu deps si kcart eht fo kcabyalP • s sped up while the SEARCH (6) .desserp si nottub 2“ eht sserp ,dnoces 1 nihtiW .3 3. Within 1 second, press the “2” numeric button. esrever ni hcraes launaM PUSH ENTER

HSUP RETNE

CUE

SKIP BACK

PLAY/PAUSE

PITCH

HCTIP

ESUAP/YALP

KCAB PIKS

LECNAC

ENGLISH

CANCEL

EUC

DISPLAY

A-B

PITCH

LOCK

END MON

TEXT

- INDEX/DIR +

PUSH ENTER

+ RID/XEDNI -

HSUP RETNE

CUE

CANCEL

SKIP BACK

HCTIP

B-A

YALPSID

TXET

NOM DNE

KCOL

EUC

PLAY/PAUSE

PITCH

HCTIP

ESUAP/YALP

DISPLAY

A-B

PITCH

LOCK

END MON

TEXT

KCAB PIKS

- INDEX/DIR +

LECNAC

PUSH ENTER

+ RID/XED

HSUP RETNE

CUE

CANCEL

SKIP BACK

PLAY/PAUSE

PITCH

HCTIP

DISPLAY

A-B

PITCH

DISPLAY DISPLAY

A-B A-B

PITCH PITCH

DISPLAY A-B DISPLAY END A-B LOCK MON DISPLAY A-B LOCK END MON MON LOCK END LOCK LOCK LOCK

PITCH PITCH TEXT PITCH TEXT TEXT

- INDEX/DIR +

CUE TEXT TEXT TEXT CUE CUE PITCH CUE CUE PITCH CUE

- INDEX/DIR + + - INDEX/DIR - INDEX/DIR +

END MON END MON END MON

CANCEL BACK DISPLAY SKIP A-B DISPLAY SKIP A-B CANCEL BACK CANCEL SKIP BACK

CANCEL BACK CANCEL SKIP SKIP BACK LOCK END MON CANCEL SKIP BACK LOCK END MON

TEXT TEXT

INDEX/DIR + + -- INDEX/DIR

PLAY/PAUSE

PITCH

PLAY/PAUSE PLAY/PAUSE

PITCH PITCH

PLAY/PAUSE PLAY/PAUSE - INDEX/DIR + PLAY/PAUSE - INDEX/DIR +

PITCH PITCH PITCH

PLAY/PAUSE PLAY/PAUSE

PITCH PITCH

CUE CUE

CANCEL CANCEL

DISPLAY

A-B

PITCH

LOCK

END MON

TEXT

- INDEX/DIR +

SKIP BACK SKIP BACK

PUSH ENTER

ESUAP/YALP

PUSH ENTER PUSH PUSH ENTER ENTER PUSH PUSH ENTER ENTER PUSH ENTER

PUSH ENTER PUSH ENTER

+ RID/XED

HSUP RETNE

CUE

CANCEL

PUSH ENTER

SKIP BACK

PLAY/PAUSE

PITCH

HCTIP

+ RID/XEDNI -

HSUP RETNE

HCTIP

B-A

YALPSID

TXET

NOM DNE

KCOL

EUC

PITCH

HCTIP

ESUAP/YALP

KCAB PIKS

LECNAC

31

button during playback.

PITCH

PUSH ENTER

.kcabyalp gnirud nottub )5( HCRAES eht sserP .1

+ RID/XEDNI -

HSUP RETNE

HCTIP

B-A

YALPSID

TXET

NOM DNE

KCOL

EUC HCTIP

ESUAP/YALP

KCAB PIKS

LECNAC

15 15 15 15 15 15

ESUAP/YALP

ENGLISH ENGLISH ENGLISH ENGLISH

DEVICE OPERATION 3.3. OBSLUHA ZAŘÍZENÍ 3. DEVICE OPERATION 3. DEVICE OPERATION 3. DEVICE OPERATION (4) rychlosti (4) Ovládání Pitch Control (4) Pitch Control Ovládání rychlosti umožňuje zvyšovat (+) nebo snižovat Pitch allows the playback of audio at faster (+) or (4) Control Pitch Control (4) Pitch Control Pitch Control allows the playback (–) rychlost přehrávaného zvuku. of audio at faster (+) or slower speeds(–). Pitch Control allows the playback of audio at faster (+) or slower speeds(–). Pitch Control allows the playback of audio at faster (+) or slower speeds(–). 1.slower aPITCH vypnutí ovládání rychlosti 1. Zapnutí Turning CONTROL On and OFF speeds(–). 1. Stiskněte Turning PITCH CONTROL tlačítko PITCH Press the PITCH button On and OFF 1. Turning PITCH CONTROL On and OFF PITCH button On 1. Press Turningthe PITCH CONTROL and OFF Press the PITCH button Press the PITCH button

2. 2.2. 2. 2.

16 16 16 16 16

DISPLAY

A-B

PITCH

DISPLAY LOCK

A-B END MON

PITCH TEXT

- INDEX/DIR +

DISPLAY LOCK DISPLAY

A-B END MON A-B

PITCH CUE TEXT

- INDEX/DIR +

CANCEL LOCK

SKIP BACK END MON

TEXT CUE

PLAY/PAUSE - INDEX/DIR +

PITCH

LOCK CANCEL

END MON SKIP BACK

TEXT CUE

- INDEX/DIR + PLAY/PAUSE

PITCH

CANCEL

SKIP BACK

PLAY/PAUSE

PITCH

CANCEL

SKIP BACK

PLAY/PAUSE

PITCH

PUSH ENTER

PITCH

CUE

PUSH ENTER PUSH ENTER PUSH ENTER

• The PITCH button lights up orange indicating PITCH • Tlačítko PITCH se rozsvítí oranžově, což znamená, že je • The PITCHisbutton CONTROL ON. lights up orange indicating PITCH rychlosti zapnuto • ovládání The PITCH button lights (ON). up orange indicating PITCH CONTROL is ON. • The play speed increases or decreases depending on The PITCH button lightsjež up orange indicating PITCH • •• Podle nastavení rychlosti, je zobrazeno na displeji, se CONTROL is ON. The play speed increases or decreases depending the pitch control CONTROL is ON.setting as indicated in the display. on •přehrávací The pitch play speed increases or decreases depending on rychlost zvýší as nebo sníží. the control setting indicated in the display. • Press the PITCH button again to turn PITCH CONTROL • The play speed increases or decreases depending on the pitch control setting as indicated inPITCH the display. • • KPress vypnutí ovládání rychlosti stiskněte znovu tlačítko thecontrol PITCH button again to turnin CONTROL Off. the pitch setting as indicated the display. • Press the PITCH button again to turn PITCH CONTROL Off. PITCH. • The PITCH button light turns off. • Press the PITCH button again to turn PITCH CONTROL Off. PITCH The button light turns off. • •Adjusting Osvětlení tlačítka PITCH zhasne. the PITCH CONTROL speed Off. • The PITCH button light turns off. the PITCH CONTROL speed •Adjusting The the PITCH button light turns off. With unit in SHIFT mode, turn the jog wheel Doladění přehrávací rychlosti Adjusting the PITCH CONTROL speed the unit in SHIFT mode, turn theand jogspeed wheel counterclockwise � to reduce the Pitch or SWith přístrojem nastaveným do režimu SHIFT otáčejte ovlaAdjusting the PITCH CONTROL speed With the unit in �clockwise SHIFT mode, turn theand jog wheel counterclockwise to reduce the Pitch speed or � to increase the Pitch and turn the jog wheel dačem Jog protisměru hodin k snížení hodnoty doladění With the unit in SHIFT mode, turn the jog wheel counterclockwise � to reduce theincrease Pitch and speedand or the kspeed Pitch turn jog wheel speed. �clockwise to reduce the Pitchhodin and or acounterclockwise tím the přehrávací rychlosti nebo�veto směru zvýšení turn the jog wheel clockwise � to increase the Pitch and speed. turn the jog wheel clockwise � to increase the Pitch and přehrávací rychlosti. speed. speed. DISPLAY

A-B

PITCH

DISPLAY LOCK

A-B END MON

PITCH TEXT

DISPLAY LOCK DISPLAY

A-B END MON A-B

PITCH CUE TEXT

- INDEX/DIR +

PUSH ENTER

- INDEX/DIR +

PITCH

CANCEL LOCK

SKIP BACK END MON

TEXT CUE

PLAY/PAUSE - INDEX/DIR +

PITCH

LOCK CANCEL

END MON SKIP BACK

TEXT CUE

- INDEX/DIR + PLAY/PAUSE

PITCH

CANCEL

SKIP BACK

CANCEL

SKIP BACK

CUE

PLAY/PAUSE

PITCH

PLAY/PAUSE

PITCH

(5) Skip Back (5) Funkce Skip Back (5) Skip Back Jedná se o funkci, která umožňuje okamžité zopakování SKIP is a feature that allows instant replay of úsethe (5) BACK Skip Back (5) Skip Back SKIP BACK is a track. feature that Když allows instant replay ofstiskthe ku právě přehrávané skladby. přehrávání currently playing When the během SKIP BACK button on SKIPunit BACK is a BACK featureWhen that allows instant replay of the currently track. thethe SKIP BACK button on the orplaying SKIP on remote control unitthe is nete tlačítko SKIP na přístroji nebo dálkovém ovladači, SKIP BACK is a BACK featurebutton that allows instant replay of currently playing track. button When the SKIP BACK button on the unit or SKIP BACK on the remote control unit is pressed during playback, play will skip back by the number of přehrávání se přesune dobu (sekundy) currently playing track.zpátky Wheno the SKIP BACK nastavenou button on the unit during or SKIP BACK button onskip the remote control unit is playback, playMENU will by the number seconds setSKIP in the PRESET andback playback will resume vpressed menu (PRESET) aon přehrávání bude pokračovat the unit předvoleb or BACK button the remote control unit of is pressed during playback, play will skip back by the number of seconds set in the PRESET andback playback resume from thatduring point. pressed playback, playMENU will skip by thewill number of od tohoto bodu. seconds set in the PRESET MENU and playback will resume from thatset point. seconds in the PRESET MENU and playback will resume from that point. from that point. DISPLAY

A-B

PITCH

DISPLAY LOCK

A-B END MON

PITCH TEXT

- INDEX/DIR +

DISPLAY LOCK DISPLAY

A-B END MON A-B

PITCH CUE TEXT

- INDEX/DIR +

PUSH ENTER

PITCH

CANCEL LOCK

SKIP BACK END MON

TEXT CUE

PLAY/PAUSE - INDEX/DIR +

PITCH

LOCK CANCEL

END MON SKIP BACK

TEXT CUE

- INDEX/DIR + PLAY/PAUSE

PITCH

CANCEL

SKIP BACK

CANCEL

SKIP BACK

CUE

PLAY/PAUSE

PITCH

PLAY/PAUSE

PITCH

PUSH ENTER PUSH ENTER PUSH ENTER

• Factory default SKIP BACK time is 10 seconds. • Factory default SKIPtoBACK time is 10BACK seconds. For details on how set the SKIP time (See Page •• Tovární nastavení času funkce SKIP BACK je 10 sekund. Factory default SKIP BACK time is 10 seconds. •• For details on how to set the SKIP BACK time (See Page 23.) Factory default SKIP BACK time is 10 seconds. •• Podrobnosti, jakhow nastavit časthe funkce najdete na For details on to set SKIPSKIP BACKBACK, time (See Page 23.) • straně For details on how to set the SKIP BACK time (See Page 23.) 23. 23.)

(6) End Monitor (6) Monitorování End Monitor konce (6) END is a feature that plays back the final seconds (6) MONITOR End Monitor End Monitor END is a Iffeature that Mode plays poslední back final seconds of(6) theMONITOR current track. thereprodukuje Finish is setthe to “Continuous” Funkce END MONITOR sekundy sou-

END MONITOR is a feature that plays back the final seconds of current track. the Finish is setthe to “Continuous” in theMONITOR preset menu, plays back the lastseconds track of časné skladby. Pokud jeDN-C640 v menu předvoleb nastaven režim END is a Ifthe feature thatMode plays back final of the current track. If the Finish Mode is set to “Continuous” in the preset menu, the DN-C640 plays back the last track of the current disc. To use this feature, with the unit in SHIFT of the current track.na If the Finish Mode DN-C640 is set to “Continuous” ukončení (Finish) „Continuous“, reprodukuje in the preset menu, the DN-C640 plays back theinlast track of the current To the use DN-C640 this feature, the intrack SHIFT mode, pressdisc. the A-B/END MON button during CUE mode in the preset menu, playswith back theunit last of poslední skladbu na současném disku. K použití této the the current disc. To use this feature, with the unit unit in funkce SHIFT mode, press the A-B/END MON button during in CUE mode on device or remote control unit and the will start the current disc. do To režimu use this feature, with the unitCUE in SHIFT nastavte zařízení SHIFT a během režimu stiskmode, press the A-B/END MON button during incurrent CUE mode on the press device orA-B/END remote unit and willmode start playback fromthe the position control before the end ofthe theunit track mode, MON button during in CUE něte tlačítko A-B/END MON na přístroji nebo dálkovém ovlaon the device or remote control unit and the unit will start playback from the position before the end of the current track as set in the PRESET MENU. on the device or remote control unit and the unit will start playback fromPRESET the position beforekonce the end of the current track dači. Zařízení spustí přehrávání současné skladby, jak as set in the MENU. playback from the position before the end of the current track asnastaveno set in the PRESET MENU. (PRESET). je v menu předvoleb as set in the PRESET MENU. DISPLAY

A-B

PITCH

DISPLAY LOCK

A-B END MON

PITCH TEXT

- INDEX/DIR +

DISPLAY LOCK DISPLAY

A-B END MON A-B

PITCH CUE TEXT

- INDEX/DIR +

PUSH ENTER

PITCH

CANCEL LOCK

SKIP BACK END MON

TEXT CUE

PLAY/PAUSE - INDEX/DIR +

PITCH

LOCK CANCEL

END MON SKIP BACK

TEXT CUE

- INDEX/DIR + PLAY/PAUSE

PITCH

PUSH ENTER

CANCEL

SKIP BACK

PUSH ENTER PUSH ENTER

CANCEL

SKIP BACK

CUE

PLAY/PAUSE

PITCH

PLAY/PAUSE

PITCH

PUSH ENTER PUSH ENTER PUSH ENTER

• Factory default END MONITOR time is 10 seconds. • Factory default END to MONITOR time MONITOR is 10 seconds. For details on how set the END time (See Factory default END to MONITOR time MONITOR is 10 seconds. ••• For details on how set the END time (See Page 23). Factory default END MONITOR time is 10 seconds. For details on how to set the END MONITOR time (See ••• Tovární nastavení času funkce END MONITOR MONITOR time je 10(See sePage 23). For details on how to set the END Page 23). kund. Page 23). • Podrobnosti, jak nastavit čas funkce END MONITOR, najdete na straně 23.

PŘEHRÁVÁNÍ AUDIO SOUBORŮ PLAYING AUDIO FILES

Kromě standardních CD-DA disků umí DN-C640 číst audio soubory z dalších typů datových disků. Seznam kompatibilních komIn addition to standard CD-DA discs, the DN-C640 can read audio files from many different types of Data discs. For a list of primovaných a nekomprimovaných audio souborů je uveden v následující části: Specifikace formátů audio souborů. compatible compressed and uncompressed audio files, see following section: Audio File Format Specifications.

ENGLISH

3. DEVICE OBSLUHA ZAŘÍZENÍ 3. OPERATION

■ Podporované datové � Supported data discs disky Kompaktní nahrávatelný (CD-R) Compact Disc Recordabledisk (CD-R)

Kompaktní opakovaně nahrávatelný Compact Disc ReWritable (CD-RW) disk (CD-RW)

Digital VersatileDVD Diskdisk Recordable Nahrávatelný (DVD-R)(DVD-R)

Digital Versatile Disk ReWritable (DVD-RW) Opakovaně nahrávatelný DVD disk (DVD-RW)

RW

DVD plus plus RR(DVD+R) (DVD+R) DVD DVD+R

DVD DVD plus plus RW RW (DVD+RW) (DVD+RW) DVD+ReWritable

POZNÁMKA: NOTE:

The DN-C640 supports followingsouborový file systemsystém for thepro data discs.disky: •• DN-C640 podporuje následující datové ISO9660 Level1 Level1 a and Level2, Joliet, UDF version and 2.00 ISO9660 Level2, Joliet, UDF verze 1.501.50 a 2.00 • The DN-C640 cannot read unfinalized CD-R disc. • DN-C640 nemůže číst neukončené CD-R disky. • The DN-C640 can only read the 1st session of a multi-session disc. •• DN-C640 číst pouze 1. sekciinvícesekčního disku. There are může the following conditions the data discs that can be read. • Níže uvedeny podmínky pro možnost čtení – jsou Maximum number of directories: 254 datových disků: Maximumpočet number of files:254 999 – –maximální adresářů: If there are more than – maximální počet souborů: 9991,000 files, only the first 999 files are played. – Folder layers: 8 layers, including root Pokud je nahráno více souborů, lze přehrávat pouze prvních 999. • The DN-C640 does not support two byte character sets. – Hloubka adresářů: 8 vrstev, včetně kořenového • DN-C640 nepodporuje dvoubitové znakové sady.

� Audio file format specifications The DN-C640 supports PCM, MP3, MP2 and WMA audio formats.

■ Specifikace formátů audio souborů

File Extension System Sample Rate DN-C640 podporuje audio formáty PCM, MP3, MP2 a WMA. 16-Bit Linear PCM 48kHz, 44.1kHz, 32kHz PCM Přípona wav souboru Systém Vzorkovací 24-Bit Linear PCM 48kHz, 44.1kHz, kmitočet 32kHz PCM MP2

wav mpg

MP3 MP2

mp3 mpg

WMA MP3

.wma mp3

WMA

wma

Bit Rate

Resolution

– Přenosová rychlost –

16-bit Rozlišení 24-bit

16bitový Linear PCM ISO/IEC11172-3 MPEG1L2

48kHz, 44.1kHz, 32kHz 64 kbps – 384 –kbps 48kHz, 44.1kHz, 32kHz

16 bitů 16-bit

ISO/IEC13818-3 MPEG2L2 24bitový Linear PCM

24kHz, 22.05kHz, 16kHz 48kHz, 44.1kHz, 32kHz 32 kbps – 128 –kbps

16-bit 24 bitů

ISO/IEC11172-3 MPEG1L3 48kHz, 44.1kHz, 32kHz 320–kbps ISO/IEC11172-3 MPEG1-L2 48kHz, 44.1kHz, 32kHz 32 kbps 64 –kb/s 384 kb/s ISO/IEC13818-3 MPEG2L3 24kHz, 22.05kHz, 16kHz 160 –kbps ISO/IEC13818-3 MPEG2-L2 24kHz, 22.05kHz, 16kHz 8 kbps 32–kb/s 128 kb/s ISO/IEC11172-3 MPEG1-L3 Windows Media Audio ISO/IEC13818-3 MPEG2-L3 Windows Media Audio

48kHz, 44.1kHz, 44.1kHz 32kHz 64 kbps 192–kbps 48kHz, 32 –kb/s 320 kb/s 32kHz 32 kbps – 48 kbps 24kHz, 22.05kHz, 16kHz 8 kb/s – 160 kb/s

16-bit 16 bitů 16-bit 16 bitů

16-bit 16 bitů 16-bit 16 bitů

48kHz, 44.1kHz

64 kb/s – 192 kb/s

16 bitů

32kHz

32 kb/s – 48 kb/s

16 bitů

17 17

3. OBSLUHA ZAŘÍZENÍ

ENGLISH ENGLISH ENGLISH ENGLISH ENGLISH ENGLISH ENGLISH

3.3.DEVICE DEVICEOPERATION OPERATION ■ Funkce, které nejsou podporovány během ■ Zobrazování informací 3. DEVICE OPERATION přehrávání audio souborů Když je do DN-C640 vložen datový disk, na 13číslicové ��Functions not supported by playing audio � Displays information Functions not supported by playing audio � Displays information alfanumerické části displeje se zobrazují různé druhy inforKdyž DN-C640 rozpozná disk, na němž jsou nahrány audio file file 3. DEVICE OPERATION When a data disc is inserted into the DN-C640, various kind When a data disc is inserted into the DN-C640, various kind mací. soubory, nebudou podporovány následující funkce. are ononthe alphanumeric following are when the �The Functions not supported by playing audio �ofDisplays information ofinformation information aredisplayed displayed the13-digit 13-digit alphanumeric The followingfunctions functions arenot notsupported supported when theDNDNKdyž je přístroj ve stavu přehrávání, pauza, vyhledávání, • Není dostupná funkce přeskakování indexů part ofof the display unit. C640 encounters discs recorded with these types ofof audio file part display C640 encounters discs recorded with these types audio When athe data disc isunit. inserted DISmonitorování konce nebo into cue,the poDN-C640, mačkání various tlačítkakind • Během přehrávání audio souboru s polovičním vzorkovaWhen in play, pause, search, mon. ororcue state, files. 3. DEVICE OPERATION When in play, pause, search,end end mon. cue state,the the files. � The Functions supported by playing audio � Displays information ofPLAY/LOCK information arena displayed on the 13-digit alphanumeric following not functions are not supported when the DNse displeji postupně zobrazují následující cím kmitočtem MPEG1-L2 (24 kHz, 22.05 kHz, 16 kHz) following information is is displayed in in order byby pressing the following information displayed order pressing the part ofathe display C640 encounters discs recorded with these types of audio When data disc isunit. inserted into the DN-C640, various kind • file skip function is is not available. •Index Index skip function not available. informace. a MPEG2-L3 (24 kHz, 22.05 kHz,16kHz) není dostupný files. following functions notfile, supported when(24kHz, the DN• •The While half-sample rate audio While half-sample rateare audio file,MPEG1-L2 MPEG1-L2 (24kHz, digitální OPERATION výstup, pokud je v menu předvolebaudio nastavena � C640 Functions not supported by playing 3. DEVICE encounters discs recorded with these types of audio 22.05kHz, 16kHz) and MPEG2-L3 (24kHz, 22.05kHz, 22.05kHz, 16kHz) and MPEG2-L3 (24kHz, 22.05kHz, • Index skipDigital function not available. položka FS is nasignal „Auto“. file files. signal totothe digital outputs 16kHz) areplayable; playable; the digital outputsis isnot not •16kHz) While are half-sample rate audio file, MPEG1-L2 (24kHz, available if the Digital FS is set to "Auto" mode in the available if the Digital FS is set to "Auto" mode in the The following functions are not supported when the DN3. •DEVICE 22.05kHz, 16kHz) is and Index skipOPERATION function notMPEG2-L3 available. (24kHz, 22.05kHz, preset menu. ■ C640 Zpracování audio souborů jakooutputs „skladba“ preset menu. encounters discs recorded these types of audio � supported by playing audio 16kHz) are not playable; signal to with the is not •Functions While half-sample rate audio file,digital MPEG1-L2 (24kHz, files. file a jejich přehrávání available OPERATION if 16kHz) the Digital is set to "Auto" mode in the 3. DEVICE 22.05kHz, andFSMPEG2-L3 (24kHz, 22.05kHz,

�� audio files as “track” and playing Handled audio files as “track” and playing preset menu. �Handled not supported by playing audio 16kHz) are playable; to supported the digital outputs notna The following functions are not when theis DN•Functions Index skip function is signal not available. Adresář (nazývaný také „složka) je hierarchickou úrovní audio file audio file file available if the Digital FS is set to "Auto" mode inaudio the C640 encounters discs recorded with these types •disku Whilenebo half-sample rate audio file, MPEG1-L2 of (24kHz, síťové jednotce. directory (also called aand “folder”) isby a hierarchical level onon � Handled audio files as “track” and playing A directory (also called a are “folder”) is aplaying hierarchical level preset menu. 22.05kHz, 16kHz) MPEG2-L3 (24kHz, 22.05kHz, �A files. Functions not supported audio The following functions not supported when the DNPo vložení datového disku a vyhledání všech audio soudisc media or the network drive. audio file disc media or the network drive. 16kHz) are playable; signal to the digital outputs is not file C640 encounters discs recorded with these types of audio borů přiřadí DN-C640 každému zvukovému souboru číslo • Index skip function is not available. loading aaudio disc searching audio files, After loading adata data disc and all audio files, the �After Handled files as “track” and playing available if the Digital FS issearching set "Auto" mode inthe the A directory (also called aand “folder”) istoa all hierarchical level on files. The following functions are not supported when the DN•DN-C640 While half-sample rate audio file, MPEG1-L2 (24kHz, stopy (skladby). DN-C640 assigns each audio file a track number. assigns each audio file a track number. audio file preset menu. disc media or the network drive. C640 encounters discs recorded with these types of audio 22.05kHz, 16kHz) and MPEG2-L3 (24kHz, 22.05kHz,

ENGLISH ENGLISH ENGLISH

Cílem vaší obsluhy budou pouze directory soubory uvnitř zvolené•Only Index skip function isthe not available. Only the files within the selected will the files within selected willbe bethe the After loading aplayable; data disc and searching all audio files, the A 16kHz) directory (also called asignal “folder”) is adirectory hierarchical level on files. are to the digital outputs is nebo not • While half-sample rate audio file, MPEG1-L2 (24kHz, ho adresáře a funkce jako programované přehrávání target of your operations, and functions such as program target of your operations, and functions such as program � DN-C640 Handled audio files as “track” and playing assigns each audio file a track number. disc media or the network drive. available if the Digital FS is set to "Auto" mode in the 22.05kHz, 16kHz) and (24kHz, 22.05kHz, opakované přehrávání, seMPEG2-L3 budou týkat jen daného adresáplayback and repeat playback will allall occur within the same •playback Index skip function is not available. and repeat will occur the same audio file Only the files the selected directory will be the After loading a within data playback disc and searching allwithin audio files, preset menu. 16kHz) are playable;rate signal to the digital outputs(24kHz, is not directory. •directory. While half-sample audio file, MPEG1-L2 ře. target of your operations, andfilefunctions such as program DN-C640 assigns each audio a is track number. A directory (also called a “folder”) a hierarchical level on available if 16kHz) the Digital FSMPEG2-L3 is set to "Auto" mode in the 22.05kHz, and (24kHz, 22.05kHz, repeat playback will all occur within thebesame Only the and files within the as selected directory will the disc media or the network drive. �Forplayback Handled audio files “track” and playing preset menu. example in the at at first each audio 16kHz) are playable; signal tofunctions the digital outputs is not For example theillustration illustration below, first each audio Například, v ain ilustraci níže je below, každému prvnímu audio soudirectory. target offile your operations, and such as program After loading data disc and searching all audio files, the fileaudio is assigned a track number. Directory-AAA, directoryavailable if the Digital FS is set to "Auto" mode in the file is assigned a track number. Directory-AAA, directoryboru přiřazeno číslo stopy. Adresáře AAA, BBB a DDD playback and repeat playback will all occur within the same DN-C640 assigns each audio a is track number. �BBB Handled audio files asfile “track” and playing A directory (also called acontain “folder”) a hierarchical level on and audio files and can bebe preset menu. BBB anddirectory-DDD directory-DDD contain audio and can For example in within the illustration below, atfiles first each obsahují audio soubory mohou býtdirectory zvoleny pro obsluhu, directory. Only thefile files thea drive. selected will beaudio the audio disc media or the network selected forfor operations, but directory-CCC is is excluded from selected operations, but directory-CCC excluded from file is assigned a track number. Directory-AAA, directoryovšem CCCdisc je zand obsluhy vyřazen. target ofadresář your andsearching functions such as files, program 3. DEVICE OPERATION After loading aoperations, data all audio the �operations. Handled audio files as will “track” playing operations. A directory (also called a “folder”) isoccur a hierarchical level on BBB and directory-DDD contain audio files can be For example in the illustration below, atand firstand each audio playback and repeat playback all within the same Pokud je zvolen adresář AAA, takové CD operace, jako třeDN-C640 assigns each audio file a track number. If directory-AAA is selected, CD operations such as program audio file If directory-AAA is selected, CD operations such as program disc media or the network drive. selected for operations, but directory-CCC is excluded from file is assigned a track number. Directory-AAA, directorydirectory. ba programované přehrávání, jsou účinné pouze na audio Only the files the selected willfiles, be the playback are effective only to audio files ofall directory-AAA, 3. DEVICE OPERATION playback are effective only to audio of directory-AAA, After loading a within data disc and searching audio A directory (also called a “folder”) is files adirectory hierarchical level on operations. BBB and directory-DDD contain audio files can the be soubory zassigns adresáře AAA, to znamená stopu č.and 003/aaa001. ofaaa001.mp3/track# your operations, and functions such as program means 003 and bbb001.mp3/track# it means aaa001.mp3/track# 003 and bbb001.mp3/track# �it target Functions not supported by playing audio DN-C640 each audio file a track number. disc media or the network drive. If directory-AAA is selected, CD operations such as program selected for operations, but directory-CCC is excluded from For example in the illustration below, at first each audio mp3 aeffective stopu 004/bbb001.mp3. playback and repeat playback all occur the 004 are operation. 004 are effective for operation. file Only the files within the selected directory will besame the 3. DEVICE OPERATION After ač.for data disc and searching all audio files, playback are effective only towill audio files ofwithin directory-AAA, operations. file is loading assigned a track number. Directory-AAA, directorydirectory. target of your operations, and functions such as program � IfThe Functions not supported by playing audio DN-C640 assigns each audio file a track number. it means aaa001.mp3/track# 003 and bbb001.mp3/track# following functions are not supported when the DNdirectory-AAA is selected, CD operations such as program BBB and directory-DDD contain audio files and can be playback and repeat playback will all occur within the ROOT (Dir01) ROOT (Dir01) file Only the files within the directory will the 004 are effective for operation. C640 encounters discs recorded with these types ofbesame audio playback are effective only to audio files of directory-AAA, selected for operations, but selected directory-CCC is excluded from For example inoperations, the illustration below, atsuch first each audio directory. target of your and functions as program files. it means aaa001.mp3/track# 003supported andplaying bbb001.mp3/track# � operations. Functions not supported by audio The following functions are not when the DNfile is assigned a(Dir02) track number. Directory-AAA, directoryAAA AAA (Dir02) playback and repeat playback will all occur within 004 are effective operation. file ROOT (Dir01) C640 encounters discs recorded with these types of same audio If directory-AAA isfor selected, CD operations such asthe program •For Index skip function is not available. BBB and directory-DDD contain audio files and can be example in the illustration below, at first each audio directory. files. playback are effective only to audio files of directory-AAA, following functions are not supported when the DN•The While half-sample rate audio file, MPEG1-L2 (24kHz, selected for operations, but directory-CCC is excluded from BBB (Dir03) BBB (Dir03) file is assigned a track number. Directory-AAA, directoryAAA (Dir02) it means aaa001.mp3/track# 003with andthese bbb001.mp3/track# ROOT (Dir01) C640 encounters discs recorded types of audio 22.05kHz, 16kHz) and MPEG2-L3 (24kHz, 22.05kHz, operations. •BBB Index skip function is not available. and directory-DDD contain audio be For example in the illustration below, atfiles firstand eachcan audio 004 are effective for operation. 16kHz) are playable; signal to the digital outputs isfrom not (Stopa č. 004) bbb001.mp3 (Track# 004) If directory-AAA is selected, CD operations such as program •files. While half-sample rate audio file, MPEG1-L2 (24kHz, bbb001.mp3 (Track# 004) selected for operations, but directory-CCC is excluded file is assigned a track number. Directory-AAA, directoryBBB (Dir03) AAA (Dir02) available if function the Digital FSMPEG2-L3 isaudio set to "Auto" mode in the playback are effective only to files of directory-AAA, 22.05kHz, 16kHz) and (24kHz, 22.05kHz, •operations. Index is not available. BBB andskip directory-DDD contain audio files and can be ROOT (Dir01) preset menu. it means aaa001.mp3/track# 003 and bbb001.mp3/track# CCC 16kHz) are playable; signal to the digital outputs not CCC directory-AAA is selected, CD operations such as program •If While half-sample rate audio file, MPEG1-L2 (24kHz, bbb001.mp3 is (Track# 004) isfrom selected for operations,BBB but (Dir03) directory-CCC excluded 004 are effective operation. available the for Digital FSMPEG2-L3 set to "Auto" mode in the playback areif effective only toisaudio files of directory-AAA, 22.05kHz, 16kHz) and (24kHz, 22.05kHz, operations. AAA (Dir02) bbb003.txt � IfitHandled audio files as “track” and playing preset means menu. aaa001.mp3/track# anddigital bbb001.mp3/track# 16kHz) are playable; signal tobbb003.txt the outputs is not CCC directory-AAA is selected, CD003 operations such as004) program bbb001.mp3 (Track# audio file ROOT (Dir01) 004 are effective operation. available the for Digital FS is set to "Auto" mode in the playback areif effective only to audio files of directory-AAA, BBB (Dir03) (Stopa č. 003) aaa001.mp3 (Track# aaa001.mp3 (Track# 003) �A Handled audio files as 003 “track” and playing directory (also called a “folder”) is a003) hierarchical level on bbb003.txt preset it means menu. aaa001.mp3/track# and bbb001.mp3/track# CCC audio fileor AAA (Dir02) disc media the for network drive.bbb001.mp3 (Track# 004) 004 are effective operation. ROOT (Dir01) DDD (Dir04) DDD (Dir04) aaa001.mp3 (Track# 003) After loading a data disc and all audio files, �A Handled audio files as searching “track” and playing bbb003.txt directory (also called a “folder”) is a hierarchical levelthe on BBB (Dir03) DN-C640 assigns each audio file a track number. audio fileor disc ROOT media the network drive. AAA (Dir02) (Stopa č. 005) CCC (Dir01) ddd001.mp2 005) ddd001.mp2(Track# (Track# 005) DDD (Dir04) Only the files the selected willfiles, be the aaa001.mp3 (Track# 003) After loading a within data disc and searching all audio A directory (also called a “folder”) is adirectory hierarchical level on bbb001.mp3 (Track# 004) target of your operations, and functions such as program BBB (Dir03) DN-C640 assigns each audio file a track number. bbb003.txt (Stopa č.001) 001) AAA (Dir02) rrr001.mp3 (Track# disc media or the network drive. rrr001.mp3 (Track# 001) ddd001.mp2 (Track# 005)within playback repeat playback will all occur the Only the and filesDDD theand selected directory will besame the After loading a within data(Dir04) disc searching all audio files, the (Stopa č. 002) rrr002.wav (Track# 002) rrr002.wav (Track# 002) CCC bbb001.mp3 (Track# directory. target of your operations, and functions such as004) program aaa001.mp3 (Track# 003) BBB (Dir03) DN-C640 assigns each audio file a track number. rrr001.mp3ddd001.mp2 (Track# 001) (Track# 005) playback playback will all occur within thebesame Only the and filesrepeat within the selected directory will the bbb003.txt rrr002.wav (Track# 002) For example in the illustration below, at first each audio CCC DDD (Dir04) bbb001.mp3 (Track# 004) directory. target of your operations, and functions such as program rrr001.mp3 (Track# 001) file is assigned a track number. directoryplayback and repeat playback will Directory-AAA, all occur aaa001.mp3 (Track# 003)within the same bbb003.txt BBB and directory-DDD contain audioat files be ddd001.mp2 (Track# 005) (Track# 002) For example rrr002.wav in the illustration below, firstand eachcan audio CCC directory. selected for operations, but directory-CCC is excluded from file is assigned a track number. Directory-AAA, directoryDDD (Dir04) (Track# 003) rrr001.mp3aaa001.mp3 (Track# 001) bbb003.txt operations. BBB and directory-DDD contain audioat files be For example in the illustration below, firstand eachcan audio If directory-AAA is selected, CD operations such as program selected for operations, but directory-CCC is excluded from rrr002.wav (Track# 002) file is assigned a track number. Directory-AAA, directoryddd001.mp2 (Track# 005) DDD (Dir04) aaa001.mp3 (Track# playback effective onlycontain to audio files003) of directory-AAA, operations. BBB andare directory-DDD audio files and can be it meansfor aaa001.mp3/track# 003 and bbb001.mp3/track# If directory-AAA is selected, operations such as program rrr001.mp3 (Track# 001) selected operations, but CD directory-CCC is excluded from ddd001.mp2 (Track# 005) DDDfor (Dir04) 004 are effective operation. playback are effective only to audio files of directory-AAA, operations. rrr002.wav (Track# 002) it means aaa001.mp3/track# 003 and bbb001.mp3/track# If directory-AAA is selected, CD001) operations such as program rrr001.mp3 (Track#

18 18 18 18

DISPLAY/LOCK DISPLAY/LOCK button. When in play, button. pause, search,on end or cue state, the of information are displayed themon. 13-digit alphanumeric

� Displays information following part of theinformation display unit.is displayed in order by pressing the ––Elapsed time – Elapsed time Přehraný čas

DISPLAY/LOCK button. When play,disc pause, search, end or cuevarious state,kind the aindata is inserted into themon. DN-C640, following information is displayed in order byalphanumeric pressing the of information are displayed on the 13-digit –– Elapsed Zbývajícítime čas ––Remaining time Remaining time DISPLAY/LOCK button. part of the display unit. � Displays information When in play, pause, search, end or cuevarious state,kind the When aNázev data disc is inserted into themon. DN-C640, time ––– Elapsed souboru Remaining timeis displayed in order by pressing the following information – File name – File name � Displays information of information are displayed on the 13-digit alphanumeric DISPLAY/LOCK button. part the display unit. When a data disc is inserted into the DN-C640, various kind –of Informace o souboru –– Remaining time File name When in play, pause, search,on end or cue state, the � Displays information File information – Elapsed time File information of –information are displayed themon. 13-digit alphanumeric : vzorkovací kmitočet, přenosová rychlost following information is displayed in order by pressing the : sample frequency, bit rate or resolution, : sample frequency, bit rate or resolution, part ofathe display When data disc nebo isunit. inserted into the DN-C640, various(PCM, kind rozlišení a formát souboru DISPLAY/LOCK button. and file format (PCM, MP2, MP3, and file format (PCM, MP2, MP3, – File name When in play, pause, search, end mon. or cue state, the of information areMP2, displayed on the 13-digit alphanumeric –– File information MP3, WMA) Remaining time WMA) WMA) following in order byorpressing the part of theinformation display unit.is displayed : sample frequency, bit rate resolution, – Elapsed time – Datum nahrání - Recorded date - Recorded date DISPLAY/LOCK button. and file format (PCM, MP2, MP3, When in play, pause, search, end mon. or cue state, the – File information rok, měsíc a den [MMMDD RRR] : :year, month and day. [MMMDD YYY] – Fileinformation name year, and day. YYY] the following ismonth displayed in order byorpressing :: WMA) sample frequency, bit[MMMDD rate resolution, time ––-– Elapsed délka nahrávky Remaining time Recorded date DISPLAY/LOCK button. - Recorded time - Recorded time and file format (PCM, MP2, MP3, : hodin, minut a sekund [HH:mm:SS] year,minute month and day. [MMMDD YYY] :time hour, and second. [HH:mm:SS] – File information :: WMA) hour, minute and second. [HH:mm:SS] –––- Elapsed Kanály Remaining time Recorded date – File name : sample frequency, bit rate or resolution, Recorded time - Channel - Channel : „Stereo“ nebo „Mono“ file format (PCM, MP2,YYY] MP3, :: and year, and [MMMDD hour, month minute andday. second. [HH:mm:SS] : “Stereo” oror “Mono” : time “Stereo” “Mono” –– Remaining WMA) File name --– Recorded time File information - Channel Recorded date ■ Textové informace : sample frequency, bit rate[HH:mm:SS] or resolution, minute and second. : hour, “Stereo” or “Mono” : year, month and day. [MMMDD –– File name Když je do DN-C640 vložen datový disk s MP3YYY] soubory, and file format (PCM, MP2, MP3, information - File Channel ��Text information WMA) Text information - Recorded k výše zmíněným informacím se nabit 13číslicové alfanume::time sample frequency, rate or resolution, “Stereo” or “Mono” -a Recorded date When data disc MP3 files, is is inserted into the DNrické displeje zobrazují různé druhy [HH:mm:SS] textových inforand file format (PCM, MP2, MP3, When ačásti data disc with MP3 files, inserted into the DN:with hour, minute and second. – File information � Displays information WMA) year, month and day. [MMMDD YYY] in addition to:: to above information various kind of text �C640, Text information C640, in addition above information various kind of text mací. Tyto informace jsou nahrány vbit MP3 jako ID3 sample frequency, ratesouboru or resolution, - Channel date information are displayed on the 13-digit alphanumeric part When aa data disc is inserted into the DN-C640, various kind information are displayed on the 13-digit alphanumeric part tag.-- Recorded and file format (PCM, MP2, MP3, Recorded time When data disc with MP3 files, is inserted into the DN: This “Stereo” or “Mono” � information the display unit. information in of information are displayed on theis 13-digit alphanumeric the display unit. This information isrecorded recorded inaYYY] aMP3 WMA) �ofDisplays Text information :: to year, month and [MMMDD Když jeaddition přístroj ve stavu přehrávání, pauza, vyhledávání, C640, in above information various kind ofMP3 text hour, minute andday. second. [HH:mm:SS] fileWhen as ID3 tag. part of the display unit. file as ID3 tag. Recorded date a data disc is inserted into the DN-C640, various kind information are displayed oncue the 13-digit alphanumeric part monitorování konce nebo a zároveň v režimu SHIFT, -- Recorded time When a data disc with MP3 files, is inserted into the DNinChannel play, pause, search, end mon. or state, When in play, pause, search, end mon. orcue cue state, the �When Displays information of information are displayed on the 13-digit alphanumeric display unit. This information is various recorded inYYY] aofthe MP3 :: to year, month and day. [MMMDD C640, in addition above information kind text pothe mačkání tlačítka PITCH/TEXT se na displeji postupně hour, minute and second. [HH:mm:SS] following information is displayed in order by pressing the : “Stereo” or “Mono” following information is displayed in order by pressing the part of the display unit. � When Text information file as ID3 tag. a data disc is inserted into the DN-C640, various kind information are displayed on the 13-digit alphanumeric part zobrazují následující informace. -- Recorded time Channel PITCH/TEXT button with the unit in SHIFT mode. DISPLAY/LOCK button. PITCH/TEXT button with the unit in SHIFT mode. When play,disc pause, search, end or cue the of information are with displayed on the 13-digit alphanumeric the display unit. This information is recorded inthe a MP3 When ain data MP3 files, ismon. inserted intostate, DN:: hour, andin second. [HH:mm:SS] “Stereo” or “Mono” following information is minute displayed order by pressing the part of the display unit. file–– as ID3 tag. C640, in addition to above information various kind of text [Above information] Elapsed time – [Above information] [informace výše] Channel DISPLAY/LOCK button. PITCH/TEXT button with the unit in SHIFT mode. in play, search, end mon. alphanumeric or cue state, part the information arepause, displayed on the 13-digit � When Text information : “Stereo” or “Mono” following information is displayed in order by pressing the of the display unit. This information is recorded in a MP3 – Elapsed time [Above information] When aTitul data disc with MP3 files, is inserted into the DN––Title Remaining time – Title DISPLAY/LOCK button. PITCH/TEXT button with the unit in SHIFT mode. file as ID3 tag. � C640, Text information in addition to above information various kind of text When in play, pause, search, end mon. alphanumeric or cue state, part the information are displayed on the 13-digit Elapsed time information] ––– [Above When aInterpret data disc withis MP3 files, is order inserted into the DNRemaining time Title following information displayed in by pressing the – Artist File name – Artist the information display unit. information is various recorded in aofMP3 � of Text C640, in addition to This above information kind text PITCH/TEXT button with the unit in SHIFT mode. file as ID3 tag. information are displayed on the 13-digit alphanumeric part – When aAlbum data disc with MP3 files, is inserted into the DNRemaining time –– Title File name Artist When in play, pause, search, end mon. or cue state, the – Album – [Above information] File information Album of the display unit. This information is recorded in a MP3 C640, in addition to above information various kind of text following is displayed in order byorpressing the : sample frequency, bit rate resolution, file as ID3information tag. information are displayed on the 13-digit alphanumeric part PITCH/TEXT button with the unit in SHIFT mode. and file format (PCM, MP2, MP3, File name – Artist POZNÁMKA: When in play, pause, search, end mon. or cue state, the File information of the display unit. This information is recorded in a MP3 –– Album NOTE: Title NOTE: WMA) is displayed in order by the •following Zobrazovat se pouze standardní ID3 informace, : budou sample frequency, bitbeen rate orpressing resolution, file as ID3information tag.ID3 • •Only standard information that has accurately –- [Above information] Only standard ID3 information that has been accurately Recorded date PITCH/TEXT button with the unit in SHIFT mode. and file format (PCM, MP2, MP3, které byly správně nahrány. When in pause, search, end mon. or cue state, the recorded inplay, the filefile will bebe displayed. recorded in the will displayed. File information – Album NOTE: – Artist :: WMA) year, and in day. YYY] the following information ismonth displayed order by pressing sample frequency, bit[MMMDD rate resolution, – [Above information] • Only–- Title standard ID3 information that has beenoraccurately Recorded date PITCH/TEXT button with the unit in SHIFT mode. Recorded time and file format (PCM, MP2, MP3, recorded in the file will be displayed. NOTE: : year, month and day. [MMMDD YYY] WMA) Album : hour, minute and second. [HH:mm:SS] • Only–––- [Above standardinformation] ID3 Recorded dateinformation that has been accurately –-- Title Artist Recorded recorded in the time file will be displayed. Channel :: year, month and [MMMDD YYY] minute andday. second. [HH:mm:SS] NOTE: : hour, “Stereo” or “Mono” ––- Title Artist Recorded time • Only–- Album standard ID3 information that has been accurately Channel recorded in the ::file willminute be displayed. hour, and second. [HH:mm:SS] “Stereo” or “Mono” ––- Artist Album Channel

�NOTE: Text information

• Only standard ID3 information that has been accurately : “Stereo” or “Mono” When a data discfile with MP3 files, is inserted into the DNrecorded in the will be displayed. – Album �NOTE: Text information C640, in addition to above information various kind of text • Only standard ID3 information that has been accurately information are displayed on the 13-digit alphanumeric part When a data disc with files, is inserted into the DNrecorded in the file willMP3 be displayed. of the information display unit. information is various recorded in aofMP3 �NOTE: Text C640, in addition to This above information kind text

(1) Přehrávání Playing audio filessouborů on a disc (1) audio na disku Playing audio files a disc 1.(1) Vložte disk obsahující audio on soubory. 1. Load a disc containing audio files. 1. Load a disc containing audio files.

2. 2. 2. 3. 3. 3.

• The display will change to “Loading.”. When the contents the disc have been read, the total numberthe of •• Displej seofzmění nachange „Loading“ Po When načtení obThe display will to (načítání). “Loading.”. tracks willofbe displayed. sahu disku se zobrazí celkový stoptotal (skladeb). contents the disc have beenpočet read, the number of tracks be displayed. Turn the will jog wheel to select a file you want to listen to. Otáčejte ovladačem Jog k výběru souboru, který chcete •Turn Thethe filejog name scrolls back to the trackto. on wheel to and select a file younumber want tooflisten poslouchat. the display. Thedispleji file name scrolls and back to the number of track on •• Na proběhne název souboru a vrátí se na číslo the display. Press the PLAY/PAUSE button. stopy. Press thetlačítko PLAY/PAUSE button. Stiskněte PLAY/PAUSE.

(2) Advanced music files hudebních playback souborů Pokročilé přehrávání Advanced music playback The following "Advanced CD files playback" functions possible S(2) audio soubory jsou možné následující funkceare pokročilého with audio files on a disc inuthe same way as a standard CDpřehrávání CD, stejně jako standardních CD-DA disků. The following "Advanced CD playback" functions are possible DA disc. with audio files on a disc in the 14–16. same way as a standard CDPodrobnosti obsluhy viz strana Seedisc. page 14-16 for detail of an operation. DA See page 14-16 for detail of an operation. ■ Single Opakování skladby � trackjedné repeat

ENGLISH ENGLISH

3. OPERATION 3. DEVICE OBSLUHA ZAŘÍZENÍ 3. DEVICE OPERATION

Single track repeat All track repeat Opakování všech skladeb All track repeat A-B repeat Opakování A-B A-B repeat Program play Programované Program play přehrávání Pitch control Pitch control Ovládání rychlosti Skip back Skip back Funkce Skip Back End monitor End monitor ■ Monitorování konce

� � ■ � � ■ � � ■ � � � ■ � � ■ � �

(Directory skip) (Directory skip) press the INDEX/DIR +/– button to select 1. In shift mode, (Přeskočení adresáře) a folder. 1. In shift mode, press the INDEX/DIR +/– button to select 1. K výběru složky použijte v režimu Shift tlačítko INDEX +/–. The display will indicate each name of all folders a• folder. • Displej bude zobrazovat názvy jednotlivých složek, včetsub-folders. • including The display will indicate each name of all folders ně podadresářů. including sub-folders. button. 2. Press the PLAY/PAUSE 2. Stiskněte tlačítko PLAY/PAUSE. Playback will be started from the top file within the 2. •Press the PLAY/PAUSE button. • Začne přehrávání od prvního souboru zvolené složky. selected folder. • Playback will be started from the top file within the selected folder.

19 19 19

ENGLISH

ENGLISH ENGLISH ENGLISH ENGLISH

3. DEVICE OPERATION 3. OBSLUHA ZAŘÍZENÍ DEVICE OPERATION 3.3.DEVICE 3. DEVICE OPERATION OPERATION 3. DEVICE OPERATION

PRESET FUNCTIONS AND PŘEDVOLENÉ FUNKCE PRESET FUNCTIONS ANDAND OPERATIONS PRESET PRESET FUNCTIONS FUNCTIONS AND A OPERACE PRESET FUNCTIONS AND OPERATIONS OPERATIONS OPERATIONS (1) Změna Changing the PRESETS (1) předvoleb OPERATIONS (1) Changing the PRESETS

[ Using the remote control unit ] [Použití dálkového ovladače] [ Using remote control unit press ] 1. With the theremote unit stop mode, [1. Using Using theinremote control unit ] stiskněte unitthe ] MENU/STORE Když[the je přístroj v režimucontrol stop, tlačítko MENU/ button. [1.Using unit press ] With the theremote unit in control stop mode, the MENU/STORE STORE. 1. With 1.theWith unit the in stop unit in mode, stop press mode,the press MENU/STORE the MENU/STORE The last active preset item appears on the display. button. 1. button. With the unit in stop naposled mode, press thepředvolená MENU/STORE button. Na displeji se zobrazí aktivní položThe last active preset item appears on the display. button. The last The active last preset activeitem preset appears item appears on the display. on the display. ka. The last active preset item appears on the display.

[(1) Using the panel ] the PRESETS Changing (1) front Changing the PRESETS [Použití předního panelu] (1) Changing the PRESETS [ Using the front panel ] mode, Když je přístroj režimu stop, stiskněte tlačítko MENU/ 1. With[the thefront unit invfront stop the MENU/STORE [1. Using Using the panel ] panel ] press STORE. button. [1.Using panel With the thefront unit in stop] mode, press the MENU/STORE 1. With1.theWith unit the in stop unit in mode, stop press mode,the press MENU/STORE the MENU/STORE button. 1. button. With the unit in stop mode, press the MENU/STORE button. button. 2. Press the 3 button or the 4 button to select the preset to modify. 2. item Pressyou thewish 3 button or the 4 button to select the preset 2. 2.the Press 3 button the 3orbutton the 4orbutton 4tobutton selecttothe select preset the preset 2. Press Stiskněte tlačítko nebo k the výběru předvolené položky, item you wish to modify. 3. Press the ENTER button to4confirm selection. 2. item Press the 3 you button button your to select the preset you wish to upravit. modify. wishortothe modify. kterou siitem přejete 3. DEVICE 3. DEVICE OPERATION OPERATION setting data appearstoon the display. will now be item wish to modify. 3. Preset Pressyou the ENTER button confirm your You selection. 3. 3.the Press ENTER the button ENTERtobutton to confirm your selection. your selection. 3. Press Stiskněte tlačítko ENTER k confirm potvrzení vašeho výběru. able to edit the preset item. Preset setting databutton appears on the display. You will now be The last active preset item appears on the display. 3. Preset Press the ENTER to confirm your selection. setting Preset data setting appears data appears on the display. on the You display. will now You will be now be Na displeji se zobrazí nastavená předvolená data. Nyní For details ofthe each preset item, see page 21. able to edit preset item. sewheel zobrazí naposled předvolená polož[ Using [to the Using remote the remote control control unit ]theunit ] You will now be Preset setting data appears onpoložku. display. Thedispleji last preset appears on the display. 2. Na Turn the active jog toitem select theaktivní preset item you wish to able edit able the to preset edit the item. preset item. můžete editovat předvolenou The active last preset activeitem preset appears item appears on the display. on the display. For details of each preset item, see page 21. ka. last The able to For edit the preset item. For details ofdetails each preset of each item, preset seeitem, page see 21. page 2. modify. Turnlast the active jog wheel toitem select the preset item you wish to Podrobnosti o jednotlivých předvolených položkách najdeThe on the display. 1.theWith unit the in stop unit in mode, stop press mode, the press MENU/STORE the 21. MENU/STORE 2. Turn 2. theTurn jog wheel thepreset jogtowheel selectappears tothe select preset the item preset youitem wishyou to wish1.to With For details of each preset item, see page 21. Jog k výběru předvolené položky, kte2. Otáčejte ovladačem modify. button. button. te na straně 21. 3. Press the jog wheel to confirm your selection. 2. modify. Turn themodify. jog wheel to select the preset item you wish to si přejete The last The active last preset activeitem preset appears item appears on the display. on the display. Preset setting data appears on theyour display. You will now be modify. 3. rou Press the jogupravit. wheel to confirm selection. 3.(1) Press 3.(1) the Press jog wheel the jogPRESETS towheel confirm to confirm your selection. your selection. Changing Changing the the PRESETS able to edit the preset item. 3. Stiskněte ovladač Jog k potvrzení vašeho výběru. Preset setting data appears on theyour display. You will now be 3. Preset Press setting the jogdata wheel to confirm selection. Preset setting appears data appears on the display. on the You display. will now You will be now be For details of each preset item, see page 21. Na displeji se zobrazí nastavená předvolená data. Nyní able to edit the preset item. [ Using [ the Using front the panel front ] panel ] Preset setting data appears on the display. You will now be able to edit ablethe to preset edit theitem. preset item. For details of each preset item, see 21. editovat předvolenou položku. 4. můžete Turn the jog wheel to adjust the page parameters for that able to edit the preset item. For details For ofdetails each preset of each item, preset seeitem, page see 21. page 1. With 1.theWith unit the in stop unit in mode, stop press mode, the press MENU/STORE the 21. MENU/STORE item. Podrobnosti o jednotlivých předvolených položkách 4. For Turndetails the jog wheel to adjust thepage parameters fornajdethat ofthe each preset item, see 21.parameters 4. Press the 3 button or the 4 button to adjust the 4. button. Turn 4. thebutton. Turn jog wheel jog to wheel adjust to the adjust parameters the for that for that Press the jog wheel to confirm your setting/action. te na straně 21. item. 4. item. Turn the jog wheel to adjust the parameters for that that item. item. 4. parameters Press the for 3 button or the 4 button to adjust the 4. Press4. the Press 3 button the 3 or button the or 4 button the 4 to button adjust to the adjust the Press the jog 2-4 wheel to confirm yourparametrů setting/action. 4. Press Otáčejte ovladačem Jog k doladění pro danou item.the Repeat steps as to needed. Press the ENTER button to confirm your setting/action. Press jog wheel the jog wheel confirm to your confirm setting/action. your setting/action. parameters for that item. 4. Press the 3 button or the 4 button to adjust the parameters parameters for that item. for that item. 2.4. Press 2.the Press 3 button the 3orbutton the 4orbutton 4tobutton select tothe select preset nebo k the doladění parametrů prothe da-preset Stiskněte tlačítko položku. Press jog 2-4 wheel to confirm your setting/action. Repeatthe steps as needed. Press the ENTER button to confirm your setting/action. parameters for that item. Repeat steps 2-4 as needed. steps Repeat 2-4steps as needed. 2-4 as needed. 5. Repeat Press the MENU/STORE button to save changes or Press the Press ENTER the button ENTER to button confirm to your confirm setting/action. your setting/action. item you item wish you to modify. wish to modify. nou položku. Stiskněte ovladač Jog k potvrzení vašeho nastavení. Repeat steps 2-4button as needed. STOP/CANCEL to cancel alltochanges and return Press ENTER button to confirm your setting/action. Repeatthe steps 2-4 ENTER as needed. 5. Podle Presspotřeby the MENU/STORE button save changes or Stiskněte tlačítko k confirm potvrzení nastavení. opakujte krokybutton 2–4. to 3.5. 3.the Press ENTER the button ENTER button to confirm your selection. your selection. Repeat steps Repeat 2-4 steps as needed. 2-4 to as needed. Press the MENU/STORE button tovašeho save changes or 5. Press 5. the Press MENU/STORE the MENU/STORE button save tochanges save changes or or Press to stop mode. STOP/CANCEL button to cancel all changes and return Repeat steps 2-4 as needed. Podle potřeby opakujte kroky 2–4. 5. Press the MENU/STORE button to save changes or STOP button to cancel all changes and return to stop STOP/CANCEL STOP/CANCEL button to button cancel to all cancel changes all changes and return and return Preset setting Preset data setting appears data appears on the display. on the You display. will now You will be 5. Stiskněte tlačítko MENU/STORE k uložení změn nebo tla5. Press the MENU/STORE button to save changes ornow be to stop mode. 5. Press 5. the Press MENU/STORE the MENU/STORE button to button save tochanges save changes or or STOP/CANCEL button to cancel all changes and return mode. to stop mode. to stop mode. able to edit abletlačítko the to preset edit theitem. preset item. k uložení STOP button to cancel all button changes and return to stop 5. Stiskněte MENU/STORE změn nebo čítkolast STOP/CANCEL kpreset zrušení všech změn návratu do The The active last preset activeitem appears item appears on the display. onathe display. 5. STOP Press button the MENU/STORE to changes STOP to button cancel to all cancel changes all changes andsave return and toreturn stoporto stop to stop mode. For details For ofdetails each preset of eachitem, preset see item, page see 21.page do 21. mode. tlačítko STOP ktozrušení změn aand návratu režimu STOP button cancel všech all changes return torežimu stop mode. 2. Turn 2. thestop. Turn jog wheel the jogtowheel selecttothe select preset theitem preset youitem wishyou to wish to mode. stop. mode. modify. modify. DN-C640

NETWORK CD PLAYER

0

10

LEVEL

NETWORK CD PLAYER

EJECT CD PLAYER NETWORK

0

LEVEL 10 PHONES LEVEL

0

NETWORK CD PLAYER 0 10 EJECT LEVEL

ENGLISH

ENGLISH

EJECT

0

DN-C640

DN-C640 NETWORK CD PLAYER

10

DN-C640NETWORK

MENU/STORE

NETWORK

UTILITY MENU/STORE

DN-C640

EJECT

NETWORK

MENU/STORE

SHIFT

NETWORK

MENU/STORE

10

LEVEL PHONES

PHONES

UTILITY SHIFT NETWORK MENU/STORE UTILITY UTILITY SHIFT

EJECT PHONES

UTILITY

PHONES

SHIFT

SHIFT

PRESET PRESET FUNCTIONS FUNCTIONS ANDAND OPERATIONS OPERATIONS

NETWORK CD PLAYER

0

10

LEVEL

0

EJECT

PHONES

DN-C640 NETWORK CD PLAYER

DN-C640

10

LEVEL

PHONES

EJECT

NETWORK

MENU/STORE

UTILITY

NETWORK

SHIFT

MENU/STORE

UTILITY

SHIFT

3. Press3.the Press jog wheel the jogtowheel confirm to confirm your selection. your selection. Preset setting Presetdata setting appears data appears on the display. on the You display. will now You will be now be able to edit ablethe to preset edit theitem. preset item. For details Forofdetails each preset of eachitem, preset seeitem, pagesee 21.page 21. 4. Turn 4.theTurn jog the wheel jog to wheel adjustto the adjust parameters the parameters for that for that item. item. 4. Press4. the Press 3 button the 3 or button the or 4 button the 4 to button adjust to the adjust the Press the Press jog wheel the jogtowheel confirm to your confirm setting/action. your setting/action. parameters parameters for that item. for that item. Repeat steps Repeat 2-4steps as needed. 2-4 as needed. Press the Press ENTER the button ENTERtobutton confirm to your confirm setting/action. your setting/action. Repeat 2-4steps as needed. 2-4 as needed. 5. Press5. the Press MENU/STORE the MENU/STORE button to button save tochanges save changes or or Repeat steps STOP/CANCEL STOP/CANCEL button to button canceltoall cancel changes all changes and return and return 5. Press5. the Press MENU/STORE the MENU/STORE button to button save tochanges save changes or or to stop mode. to stop mode. STOP button STOP to button cancel to all cancel changes all changes and return andtoreturn stop to stop mode. mode.

20 20 20 20 20 20

ENGLISH

3. DEVICE OPERATION OBSLUHA ZAŘÍZENÍ (2) položek a základní (2) Tabulka Table of předvolených Preset Items and Default settingsnastavení Č. No (pořadí) (Order)

Displej Display (předvolená položka) (Preset item)

Rozsah výběru Selection Range

Základní Default

Odkaz Reference

1.

Finish Mode

Stop /Next /Recue /Continuous

Continuous

Strana 22 Page 22

2.

Power On

Play /Stop

Stop

Strana 22 Page 22

3.

Start Mode

Play /Stop /Cue

CUE

Strana 22 Page 22

4.

Cue Mode

Recue /Next

Recue

Strana 22 Page 22

5.

Auto Cue

Off /–48dB /–42dB /–36dB

Off

Strana 22 Page 22

6.

Fade In

po 0.5steps) sec) Off /0.5sec - 10.0sec (kroky (0.5second

Off

Strana 23 Page 23

7.

Fade Out

po 0.5steps) sec) Off /0.5sec - 10.0sec (kroky (0.5second

Off

Strana 23 Page 23

8.

Skip Back

po 0.5 sec) 1.0 – 30.0 sec (kroky (0.5 second steps)

10.0

Strana 23 Page 23

9.

End Monitor

5 /10 /15 /20 /25 /30 /35 sec

10

Strana 23 Page 23

10.

EndOfMessage

Off /0 /5 /10 /15 /20 /30 /60 sec

10

Strana 23 Page 23

11.

NextTrReserve

On /Off

On

Strana 23 Page 23

12.

Fader Start

Play /Play-Pause

Play-Pause

Strana 24 Page 24

13.

Index Tally

Index2 /Index3

Index2

Strana 24 Page 24

14.

Mono

On /Off

Off

Strana 24 Page 24

15.

Play List

On /Off

Off

Strana 24 Page 24

16.

Auto Sleep

OFF /30sec /10 min /20 min /30min

30 min

Strana 25 Page 25

17.

Eject lock

On /Off

On

Strana 25 Page 25

18.

Digital Out

Broadcast /Consumer

Broadcast

Strana 25 Page 25

19.

Digital FS

Auto /32kHz /44.1kHz /48kHz

Auto

Strana 25 Page 25

20.

Time Zone

až +14h Offset -12h to

Offset 0h

Strana 25 Page 25

21.

Machine Name

(Až (Updo to12 12znaků digitspomocí using 0 – 9, 9,AA––Z,Z,a a– –z)z)

DNC640A00000

Strana 34 Page 34

22.

IP Address

Auto/ 000 000 000 000 – 255 255 255 255

Auto

Strana 34 Page 34

23.

Subnet Mask

000 000 000 000 – 255 255 255 255

(255 255 255 000)

Strana 34 Page 34

24.

Gateway

Disable/ 000 000 000 000 – 255 255 255 255

(Disable)

Strana 34 Page 34

25.

DNS Server

Disable/ 000 000 000 000 – 255 255 255 255

(Disable)

Strana 34 Page 34

26.

Password

Žádný znakůusing pomocí – 9, None nebo or Upažtodo1212digits 0 –0 9, A A– –Z,Z,aa––zz

None

Strana 34 Page 34

27.

Default

–

–

Strana 25 Page 25

POZNÁMKA: NOTE:

If the IP is Address set to "Auto", SubnetnaMask, Gateway DNS Server are not displayed a preset menu. •• Pokud je Address položka IP nastavena „Auto“, v menuand předvoleb se nezobrazují položkyinSubnet Mask, Gateway a DNS Server.

21 21

3. OBSLUHA ZAŘÍZENÍ (3) Detailní popis předvolených položek 1. Finish Mode (režim ukončení) Tato funkce umožňuje rozhodnout, co bude DN-C640 dělat po skončení přehrávání skladby nebo souboru. Hodnota nastavení

Popis

Stop

Po přehrání skladby se přístroj vrátí do režimu stop

Next

Přístroj postoupí na následující skladbu a čeká v režimu Cue

Recue Continuous (základní)

Přístroj se vrátí na začátek současné skaldby a čeká v režimu Cue Po přehrání skladby přístroj vždy pokračuje v přehrávání následující skladby

2. Power On (přehrávání po zapnutí) Tato funkce umožňuje rozhodnout, v jakém stavu bude přístroj po načtení TOC tabulky nebo identifikaci adresářové struktury. Hodnota nastavení Play Stop (základní)

Popis Po dokončení načítání začne přístroj v přehrávání Po dokončení načítání se přístroj nastaví do režimu stop

3. Start Mode (režim spuštění) Tato funkce umožňuje rozhodnout, co bude DN-C640 dělat po zvolení skladby pomocí operace vyhledávání skladeb. Hodnota nastavení

Postup Vložení nového disku

Přepínání skladeb nebo indexů

Play

Přístroj spustí přehrávání od první skladby Přístroj začne přehrávat požadovanou na disku skladbu nebo index nebo soubor

Cue (základní)

Přístroj se připraví (cue) na první skladbu Přístroj se připraví (cue) na zvolenou skladna disku bu nebo index nebo soubor

Stop

Přístroj se nastaví do režimu stop

Přístroj se připraví (cue) na zvolenou skladbu nebo index nebo soubor

4. Cue Mode (režim cue) Tato funkce umožňuje rozhodnout, co bude DN-C640 dělat, když se stiskne tlačítko CUE. Hodnota nastavení Recue (základní) Next

Popis Přístroj se vrátí na předchozí startovní cue pozici právě přehrávaného souboru Přístroj se připraví (cue) na následující skladbu

5. Auto Cue (automatické cue) Tato funkce umožňuje rozhodnout, na jaké úrovni signálu se bude detekovat funkce automatického cue. Hodnota nastavení

Postup Auto Cue

Snímaná úroveň je méně než

Off (základní)

Vypnuto

–

–48dB

Zapnuto

–48 dB

–42dB

Zapnuto

–42 dB

–36dB

Zapnuto

–36dB

POZNÁMKA:

• Pokud není identifikován žádný audio signál do konce časového limitu (20 sekund), DN-C640 se nejspíše nastaví (cue) na začátek indexu 01.

22

3. OBSLUHA ZAŘÍZENÍ 6. Fade In (doba prolnutí do skladby) Tato funkce umožňuje doladění času pro funkci Fade In Postup

Hodnota nastavení

Fade In

Doba prolínání

Off (vypnuto)

Vypnuto

–

0.5sec – 10.0sec (krok po 0.5 sekundy)

Zapnuto

0.5 sekundy – 10.0 sekund

7. Fade Out (doba prolnutí ze skladby) Tato funkce umožňuje doladění času pro funkci Fade Out Postup

Hodnota nastavení

Fade Out

Doba prolínání

Off (vypnuto)

Vypnuto

–

0.5sec – 10.0sec (krok po 0.5 sekundy)

Zapnuto

0.5 sekundy – 10.0 sekund

8. Skip Back (čas pro funkci Skip Back) Tato funkce umožňuje nastavit dobu, o kterou se DN-C640 okamžitě vrátí v přehrávání po stisknutí tlačítka SKIP BACK na přístroji nebo dálkovém ovladači. Postup

Hodnota nastavení

Čas pro funkci Skip Back

1.0sec – 30.0sec (základní 10.0sec) (krok po 0.5 sekundy)

1.0 sekunda – 30.0 sekund

9. End Monitor (čas pro monitorování konce) Tato funkce umožňuje nastavit dobu na konci skladby, kterou bude DN-C640 přehrávat, když se během pohotovostního režimu (standby) stiskne tlačítko END MON na přístroji nebo dálkovém ovladači. V režimu přehrávání MP3 nemusí být doba monitorování přesná. Postup

Hodnota nastavení

Čas pro monitorování konce

5sec – 35sec (základní 10sec) (krok po 5 sekundách)

5 sekund – 35 sekund

10. EndOfMessage (čas pro zprávu o konci) Tato funkce umožňuje nastavit dobu na konci skladby, kdy se začne zobrazovat zpráva o konci. Když do konce právě přehrávané skladby zbývá méně než nastavený čas, začne blikat displej času dokud skladba neskončí. Postup

Hodnota nastavení

Zpráva o konci

Čas pro zprávu o konci

Off

Vypnuto

–

0/ 5 /10 /15 /20 /30 /60sec (základní 10sec)

Zapnuto

0/5/10/15/20/30/60 sekund

11. NextTrReserve (rezervace následující skladby) Tato funkce umožňuje rozhodnout, co bude DN-C640 dělat na konci skladby. Režim ukončení (Finish) je nastaven na „Stop“ Hodnota nastavení

Postup na konci skladby (Rezervace následující skladby):

On (základní) Off

Nastaví se režim cue na začátek (startovní pozici) indexu 01 rezervované skladby (Bez rezervace následující skladby): Stop

Stop

23

3. OBSLUHA ZAŘÍZENÍ Režim ukončení (Finish) je nastaven na „Next“ Hodnota nastavení

Postup na konci skladby (Rezervace následující skladby):

On (základní) Off

Nastaví se režim cue na začátek (startovní pozici) indexu 01 rezervované skladby (Bez rezervace následující skladby): Nastaví se režim cue na začátek indexu 01 následující skladby

Nastaví se režim cue na začátek indexu 01 následující skladby

Režim ukončení (Finish) je nastaven na „Recue“ Hodnota nastavení

Postup na konci skladby (Rezervace následující skladby):

On (základní) Off

Nastaví se režim cue na začátek indexu 01 rezervované skladby (Bez rezervace následující skladby): Nastaví se režim cue na startovní pozici přehrávání

Nastaví se režim cue na startovní pozici přehrávání

Režim ukončení (Finish) je nastaven na „Continuous“ Hodnota nastavení

Postup na konci skladby (Rezervace následující skladby):

On (základní)

Začne přehrávání od indexu 01 rezervované skladby. Pokud je rezervovaná skladba hned za současnou skladbou, přehrávání začne na indexu 00. (Bez rezervace následující skladby): Začne přehrávání od indexu 00. Pokud je současná skladba poslední skladbou na disku, přehrávání se zastaví.

Off

Začne přehrávání od indexu 00. Pokud je současná skladba poslední skladbou na disku, přehrávání se zastaví.

12. Fader Start (režim spouštění pomocí faderu) Tato funkce umožňuje rozhodnout, jak se DN-C640 zachová, když se zkratují piny Fader Start. Hodnota nastavení

Postup

Play

Po zkratování ovládacích pinů faderu (9-11) zařízení spustí přehrávání a po uvolnění pinů v tomto režimu zůstane

Play-Pause (základní)

Po zkratování ovládacích pinů faderu (9-11) zařízení spustí přehrávání a po uvolnění pinů se přehrávání přeruší

13. Index Tally (kontrolní index) Tato funkce umožňuje zvolit zpracování kontrolního pinu INDEX (17) paralelního ovládacího terminálu. Hodnota nastavení

Postup

Index2 (základní)

Do kontrolního pinu INDEX (17) vystupuje kontrolní signál index 2

Index3

Do kontrolního pinu INDEX (17) vystupuje kontrolní signál index 3

14. Mono (monofonní režim) Tato funkce umožňuje převést stereofonní zvuk na monofonní signál posílaný k oběma výstupním terminálům (L a R). Hodnota nastavení

Postup

Off (základní)

Z výstupních terminálů vystupují originální signály kanálů L a R

On

Z výstupních terminálů vystupují smíchané signály kanálů L a R

15. Play List (režim přehrávání přehrávacích seznamů) Tato položka umožňuje zapnout nebo vypnout schopnost přehrávání přehrávacího seznamu vytvořeném v programu Web Remote (viz strana 32). Hodnota nastavení Off (základní)

24

On

Postup Přehrávací seznam je ignorován a je možné běžné přehrávání Přístroj přehrává soubory, jak je určeno v přehrávacím seznamu

3. OBSLUHA ZAŘÍZENÍ 16. Auto Sleep (režim automatického uspání) Můžete zvolit režim, který bude automaticky vypínat servo funkce, pokud není během režimu stop, pauza nebo cue prováděna žádná obsluha. Pokud je přístroj v režimu spánku a stiskne se tlačítko PLAY/PAUSE, začne přehrávání od začátku skladby, u které byl režim spánku nastaven. Pokud se stiskne tlačítko CUE, přístroj se nastaví na začátek skladby, u které byl režim spánku nastaven. Hodnota nastavení Off 30sec 10min 20min 30min (základní)

Postup Zařízení nikdy nepřejde do režimu spánku Zařízení přejde do režimu spánku, pokud nebudou po nastavenou dobu v provozu žádné servo funkce.

17. Eject Lock (režim pojistky vysunutí disku) Tato funkce umožňuje zakázat vysunování disku během přehrávání. Hodnota nastavení On (základní) Off

Postup Během režimu přehrávání přístroj neumožňuje žádným způsobem vysunutí disku Během režimu přehrávání přístroj umožňuje vysunutí disku

18. Digital Out (formát digitálního výstupu) Toto umožňuje stanovit formát digitálního výstupu, který je posílán jak k terminálu symetrického tak nesymetrického digitálnímu výstupu. Hodnota nastavení

Postup

Broadcast (základní)

Ze zařízení vystupuje AES/EBU formátovaný digitální audio signál k symetrickému konektoru DIGITAL OUT a nesymetrickému konektoru DIGITAL OUT

Consumer

Ze zařízení vystupuje S/PDIF formátovaný digitální audio signál k symetrickému konektoru DIGITAL OUT a nesymetrickému konektoru DIGITAL OUT

19. Digital FS (vzorkovací kmitočet digitálního signálu) Tato funkce umožňuje nastavit vzorkovací kmitočet digitálního audio signálu, který je posílán k výstupům DIGITAL OUT. Digitální audio signál vystupuje s vzorkovacím kmitočtem níže Hodnota nastavení

Vzorkovací kmitočet zdrojového audio signálu 16 kHz

22.05 kHz

24 kHz

32 kHz

44.1 kHz

48 kHz

Auto (základní)

–

–

–

32 kHz

44.1 kHz

48 kHz

32kHz

32 kHz

32 kHz

32 kHz

32 kHz

32 kHz

32 kHz

44.1kHz

44.1 kHz

44.1 kHz

44.1 kHz

44.1 kHz

44.1 kHz

44.1 kHz

48kHz

48 kHz

48 kHz

48 kHz

48 kHz

48 kHz

48 kHz

20. Time Zone (časová zóna) Tato funkce umožňuje zvolit časovou zónu. Toto nastavení je nezbytné k správnému zobrazování času. Hodnota položky Time Zone by měla představovat odchylku mezi UTC (GMT) a vašim místním časem.

POZNÁMKA:

• Aby se nové nastavení projevilo, vypněte a znovu zapněte napájení přístroje. Položky 21-26 se vztahují k síťovému provozu přístroje. Viz strana 34. 21. Machine Name (název zařízení) 22. IP Address (IP adresa) 23. Subnet Mask (maska podsítě) 24. Gateway (nastavení implicitní brány) 25. DNS Server (nastavení DNS serveru) 26. Password (nastavení hesla síťového přístupu) 27. Default (základní nastavení) Nastavením této funkce lze obnovit všechny předvolené položky přístroje na jejich základní hodnoty.

25

ENGLISH

ENGLISH ENGLISH ENGLISH ENGLISH ENGLISH

3. DEVICE OPERATION 3.3. OBSLUHA ZAŘÍZENÍ DEVICE OPERATION 3.3.DEVICE 3. DEVICE OPERATION OPERATION DEVICE OPERATION

UTILITY MENU MENU UTILITY UTILITY MENU When you use the front panel for operation, press the SHIFT button in stop mode to enter shift mode (SHIFT button will light Když používáte kMENU obsluze přední panel, stiskněte button v režimu tlačítko SHIFT k of vyvolání režimu shift (tlačítko bude svítit Amber). Then press theMENU MENU/STORE/UTILITY to stop access the in functions MENU listed in SHIFT the table below. UTILITY UTILITY MENU UTILITY When you use the front panel for operation, press the SHIFT button stop modethe to UTILITY enter shift mode (SHIFT button will light

oranžově). Poté stiskněte tlačítko kthe zpřístupnění funkcítomenu Utility uvedených tabulce níže. Když When you usepress the remote control MENU/STORE/UTILITY unit for operation, press UTILITY button the functions of vthe UTILITY MENU Amber). Then the MENU/STORE/UTILITY button tothe access the functions oftoaccess the UTILITY MENU listed the table below. When you When use you the front the panel front forfor panel operation, for operation, press the press SHIFT button SHIFT in button mode inmode stop mode enter to shift enter mode shift(SHIFT modeinbutton (SHIFT will button light will light When you use theuse front panel operation, press the SHIFT button instop stop to enter shift mode (SHIFT button will light používáte k obsluze dálkový ovladač, stiskněte k zpřístupnění funkcí menu Utility tlačítko UTILITY. listed the use tablethe below. WheninAmber). you remote control unit for operation, press thetoUTILITY button to access theUTILITY functions ofinthe UTILITY MENU Amber). Then Then the press MENU/STORE/UTILITY the MENU/STORE/UTILITY button tobutton the access the functions ofof the UTILITY of the MENU MENU the table in the below. table below. Amber). Thenpress press the MENU/STORE/UTILITY button toaccess access thefunctions functions the UTILITY MENUlisted listed inlisted the table below. listedyou in the table below. When When use you the remote the control remote control unit for operation, press press UTILITY the UTILITY button to the access the functions ofofthe of the UTILITY MENU When you use theuse remote controlunit unitforforoperation, operation, pressthe the UTILITY buttontobutton toaccess access thefunctions functions theUTILITY UTILITY MENUMENU listed the in the below. table below. listedininlisted thetable table below. N-C640

N-C640 N-C640

N-C640 N-C640

NETWORK

N-C640

MENU/STORE

UTILITY NETWORK MENU/STORE NETWORK MENU/STORE

SHIFT

UTILITY SHIFT UTILITY SHIFTMENU/STORE NETWORK MENU/STORE NETWORK NETWORK MENU/STORE

UTILITY UTILITY SHIFTSHIFTUTILITY

SHIFT

(1) Tabulka Utility Menu Table (1) funkcíFunction menu Utility (1) Utility Menu Function Table No Display (1) Utility (1) Displej Utility Menu Menu Function Function Table (1) Utility Menu Function TableTable Číslo (předvolená

Deseription Reference (Order) (Preset item) Popis Odkaz No Display (pořadí) položka) Deseription Reference copies all of the tracks or files on the loaded disc to the network shared (Order) item) No No(Preset Display DisplayThis feature No Display Tato funkce kopíruje všechny skladby nebo soubory vloženého disku na Reference Deseription Reference Deseription Reference folder designated inall the Web Remote. AllDeseription thethe tracks on disc the disc are copied shared into a (Order) (Order) (Preset item) (Preset item) (Order) (Preset item) This feature copies of the tracks or files on loaded to the network Page 26 1. Upload Disc síťově sdílenou složku vytvořenou pomocí aplikace Web Remote. Všechnew folder created in the shared folder. If the disc in the machine has a hierarchal folder designated incopies the Web All the tracks on the disc are into ashared feature This copies feature all of the all tracks ofRemote. the oror tracks files on or the files loaded on the disc loaded toto the disc network to copied the shared This feature copies all of the tracks files on the loaded disc the network shared ny skladby na disku jsou do nově vytvořené venetwork sdílené 1.1. Upload Strana 26 Page 26 Upload DiscDiscThis folder structure, that structure iskopírovány also copied todisc the shared drive.složky new folder created in the shared folder. If the in the machine has a hierarchal folder folder designated ininthe Web inv the Remote. Web obsahuje Remote. AllAllthe All theontracks on the are disc copied areinto copied a a into a folderdesignated designated the Web Remote. thetracks tracks onthe thedisc disc are copied into složce. Pokud disk přístroji hierarchickou strukturu složky, tato Page Page 26 1.1. Upload 1.UploadDisc Upload Page2626 Disc Disc This feature allows you afolder. copy ofthe adisc single selected track ona ahierarchal the loaded folder structure, that structure isfolder. also copied to shared new folder new created folder in created the shared inmake the shared Ifpřekopíruje folder. Ifthe the ininthe disc indrive. the machine has has a hierarchal new folder created in theto shared Ifthe disc themachine machine has hierarchal struktura se na sdílenou jednotku také. 2. Upload Track folder disc the shared folder. The the track is made indrive. adrive. new folder created in Page 26 structure, folder structure, that structure that structure iscopy copied is also tocopied shared toselected the shared drive. folder structure, that structure isalso also copied the shared Thisto feature allows you to make aof copy of atothe single track on the loaded Tato funkce umožňuje provést kopii jedné vybrané skladby vloženého diskuin the shared folder. 2. Upload Track This disc to the shared folder. The copy of the track is made in a new folder created Page 26 This allows feature allows you toa amake copy aofcopy a asingle of aselected single selected track track the on the loaded Thisfeature feature allowsyou youtotomake make copyof single selected trackonon theloaded loaded 2. Upload Track Displays na the sdílenou složku. Kopie skladby se provede do nově vytvořené složky ve Strana 26 3. F/W Version units FW version Page 27 the shared folder. 2.2. Upload 2.UploadTrack Upload disc disc to thefolder. shared folder. The ofofthe copy of the is ismade track is inin made a anew infolder afolder new created folder in created in Page 26 Track Track disctotothe theshared shared folder.The Thecopy copy thetrack track made new created in Page Page26 26 sdílené složce. shared the folder. shared the shared folder. 4. Drive Version the Displays the units CD version Page 3. F/W Version Displays the unitsfolder. FWdrive version Page27 27 F/W Version Zobrazuje verzi FW (firmware) Strana 27 3.3. F/W 3.IP Version F/W Version Displays Displays the units the FW units version FW version zařízení Page 27 Page 27 3. F/W Version Displays the units FW version Page 27 5. Address Displays the units IP address Page 27 4. Drive Version CD drive version Displays the units Page 27 4. Drive Version Zobrazuje verzi CD mechaniky zařízení Strana 26 4.4. Drive 4.Drive Version Drive Version Displays Displays the units the CD drive CD version drive version Page 2727 Page 27 Version Displays the units CD drive version Page 5. IP Address IPunits address Displays the units Page 27 5. IP IP Address Zobrazuje IP adresu zařízení Strana 27 [ Using the remote control unit ] 5. IP 5. Address Address Displays Displays the units the IP address units IP address Page 27 Page 27 5. IP Address Displays the units IP address Page 27 (2) Procedure for Upload Disc

[ Using remote unitpress ] 1. Whilethe in stop and control shift mode, the UTILITY button. [ [Pomocí Using [ the Using remote the remote control control unit ] unit ] UTILITY [ Using the remote control unit ] 2. the 3 button or the 4 button until “Uploadbutton. Disc” 1. Press Whiledálkového in stop andovladače] shift mode, press the [ Using frontand panel 1. Whilethe in stop shift] mode, press the MENU/STORE/ appears in the display. 1.1. While 1. in While stop and in stop shift and mode, shift press mode, the press UTILITY the UTILITY button. 1. While in stop and shift mode, press the UTILITY button. režimu stop aor shift 2. Během Press the 3 button thestiskněte 4 buttonUTILITY. until “Upload Disc”button. UTILITY button. [[Pomocí Using [the Using the panel front ] panel ] press the MENU/STORE/ [1.Using the front panel ] mode, předního panelu] While infront stop and shift 3. Press the ENTER button. The switches to Disc” appears in display. 2.2. 2.the Press the 3 button 3or button the the 4Display until button until “Upload Disc” 2.Press Press the 3the button or the4or 4 button until “Upload Disc” Mačkejte tlačítko nebo ,button dokud se na“Upload displeji neobjeví UTILITY button. Během režimu stop aand shift stiskněte tlačítko MENU/STO1.1.1.While 1.inin While stop and inand stop shift mode, shift press mode, press MENU/STORE/ the MENU/STORE/ appears While stop shift mode, pressthe the MENU/STORE/ “Upload Disc OK?” and the “OK?” flashes. in the display. in the display. appears in the display. 3. „Upload Press appears the ENTER button. The Display switches to Disc“. RE/UTILITY. UTILITY UTILITY button. UTILITY button.button. “Upload Disc OK?” and the “OK?” flashes. 4. Press the ENTER button. “Executing” will be displayed 3.3. 3. the Press ENTER the ENTER. ENTER button. button. The The Display switches switches toto to 3.Press Press thetlačítko ENTER button.Displej TheDisplay Display switches Stiskněte se změní na „Upload until Upload Disc isand finished. Then “Completed” will be “Upload Disc OK?” Disc OK?” the and “OK?” thedisku?) flashes. “OK?” “Upload Disc OK?” and the “OK?” flashes. 4.“Upload Press the ENTER button. “Executing” will be displayed Disc OK?“ (chcete provést upload aflashes. „OK“ bliká. displayed. until Upload DiscENTER is finished. Then “Completed” will be 4.4. 4.the Press ENTER the button. “Executing” button. “Executing” will will bebude displayed 4.Press Press the ENTER button. “Executing” willbebedisplayed displayed ENTER. Během kopírování disku Stiskněte tlačítko Press the STOP button to cancel. displayed. until Upload until Disc Upload is finished. Disc is finished. Then “Completed” Then “Completed” will be until Upload Disc is finished. Then “Completed” will be zobrazeno „Executing“. Po dokončení se zobrazí „Comple-will be Press the STOP button to cancel. displayed. displayed. displayed. 2. Turn the jog wheel until “Upload Disc” appears in the ted“. Press the Press STOP thebutton STOP tobutton toTrack cancel. Press the STOP button tocancel. cancel. display. Procedure for Upload 2.2. Otáčejte seDisc” na displeji neobjeví Turn theovladačem jog wheel Jog, until dokud “Upload appears in the 5.(3) K zrušení operace stiskněte tlačítko STOP. display. „Upload Disc“. (3) Procedure for Upload Track 2.2.Turn 2. the Turn jog wheel jog until wheel until “Upload Disc” Disc” appears ininthe Turn the jogthe wheel until“Upload “Upload Disc”appears appears the in the [ Using the front panel ] display. display.display. (3) Procedure (3) front Procedure for Upload for skladby Upload Track (3) Procedure for Upload TrackTrack Postup pro upload [(3) Using ] 1. Whilethe in stop panel or play-pause mode, press the SHIFT button to light the Then press [ [Pomocí Using [the Using front the panel front ] panel ] mode, [1.Using the front panel ] button. předního panelu] While in stop or shift play-pause pressthe theMENU/ SHIFT STORE/UTILITY button. button to light the shift button. Then press the MENU/ Během režimu stop nebo přehrávání-pauza stiskněte tla-SHIFT 1.1. 1. inWhile stop stop play-pause or play-pause mode, mode, press the 1.While While in stopinor or play-pause mode,press pressthe theSHIFT SHIFT STORE/UTILITY button. 3. Press the jog wheel. The Display switches to “Upload 2. button Turn the jog until “Upload Track” appears inthe the to button the tothe light shift the button. shift Then button. press Then the press MENU/ MENU/ čítko SHIFT kwheel rozsvícení tlačítka SHIFT. Poté stiskněte tlabutton tolight light shift button. Then press the MENU/ Disc OK?”ovladač and theJog. “OK?” flashes. display. STORE/UTILITY STORE/UTILITY button. button. STORE/UTILITY button. 3.3. Stiskněte Displej se změní na „Upload Disc Press the jog wheel. The Display switches to “Upload 2. čítko Turn MENU/STORE/UTILITY. the jog wheel until “Upload Track” appears in the OK?“ (chcete provést upload disku?) a „OK“ bliká. Disc OK?” and the flashes. display. Press thejog jog wheel. “Executing” will switches be displayed 3.4. 3.the Press the wheel. jog“OK?” The wheel. Display The switches Display toto“Upload to “Upload 3.Press Press the jog wheel. The Display switches “Upload 2.2. 2. the Turn jog wheel joguntil wheel “Upload until “Upload Track” Track” appears ininthe 2.Turn Turn the jogthe wheel until “Upload Track” appears the in the Jog, dokud se na appears displeji neobjeví Otáčejte ovladačem until Upload Disc is finished. Then “Completed” willzobbe OK?” Disc and OK?” the and “OK?” the flashes. “OK?” flashes. Disc OK?” and the “OK?” flashes. display. display.display. 4.4.Disc Stiskněte ovladač Jog. Během kopírování Press the jog wheel. “Executing” willdisku be bude displayed „Upload Track“. displayed. until Disc is Po finished. Then “Completed” will displayed be razeno „Executing“. dokončení se zobrazí „Comple4.4.Press 4. Upload the Press jog the wheel. jog wheel. “Executing” “Executing” will bebewill displayed be Press the jog wheel. “Executing” will displayed displayed. 5. until Press the to cancel. ted“. Upload untilSTOP/CANCEL Disc Upload Disc is button finished. Then “Completed” Then “Completed” will until Upload Discisisfinished. finished. Then “Completed” willbebewill be displayed. Press the STOP/CANCEL cancel. 5.5.displayed. Kdisplayed. zrušení operace stiskněte button tlačítkotoSTOP/CANCEL. 5.5.Press 5.the Press STOP/CANCEL the STOP/CANCEL button to cancel. Press the STOP/CANCEL buttontobutton tocancel. cancel.

(2) Procedure for ]Upload [ Using the front panel

Disc (2) Procedure (2) Procedure for Upload for Upload Disc Disc (2) Procedure for Upload Disc (2) Postup pro upload disku [ Using the front panel ]

CD PLAYER

CD PLAYER CD PLAYER

DN-C640

DISPLAY

DN-C640 DN-C640

DN-C640 CD PLAYER CD PLAYER DN-C640 CD PLAYER

NETWORK

DN-C640

MENU/STORE

UTILITY NETWORK MENU/STORE NETWORK MENU/STORE

SHIFT

UTILITY SHIFT UTILITY SHIFTMENU/STORE NETWORK MENU/STORE NETWORK NETWORK MENU/STORE

UTILITY UTILITY SHIFTSHIFTUTILITY

26 26 26 26 26 26

A-

END LOCK DISPLAY ADISPLAY A-

END LOCK LOCK A- END DISPLAY DISPLAY CANCEL SKIPA-

DISPLAY

LOCKLOCKEND END

LOCK

END

CANCEL

SKIP

CANCEL CANCEL

SHIFT

A-

SKIP SKIP

CANCEL SKIP SKIP CANCEL

Amber). Amber). Then to press Then theto press MENU/STORE/UTILITY the MENU/STORE/UTILITY button tobutton access tothe access functions the functions of the UTILITY of the UTILITY MENU listed MENU in listed the table in the below. table below. ess ation, the press UTILITY the UTILITY button button access the access functions the functions of the UTILITY of the UTILITY MENU MENU When you When use you the use remote the control remote unit control for operation, unit for operation, press the press UTILITY the UTILITY button tobutton access to the access functions the functions of the UTILITY of the UTILITY MENU MENU listed in listed the table in the below. table below. MENU/STORE

SHIFT

N-C640

3. DEVICE OPERATION 3. DEVICE OPERATION 3. OBSLUHA ZAŘÍZENÍ

N-C640

MENU/STORE NETWORK UTILITY

MENU/STORE

NETWORK

MENU/STORE

SHIFT UTILITY

SHIFT

UTILITY

SHIFT

ENGLISH ENGLISH ENGLISH

UTILITY

ISPLAY

ENGLISH

ENGLISH

3. Press the jog wheel. The Display switches to the track 3. DEVICE the OPERATION Unit’s Deseription Deseription Reference Reference (5) Procedure for Displaying number flashing. 3. Press the jog wheel. The Display switches to the track Drive Version 3. Stiskněte ovladač Jog. Displej se změní na blikání čísla (5) Postup pro zobrazení verze mechaniky (5) Procedure for Displaying the Unit’s eall tracks of the ortracks files on orthe files loaded on thedisc loaded to the disc network to the network shared shared 4. skladby. Turn the jog wheel until the track number you want to number flashing. zařízení Drive Version [ Using the front panel ] (1) Utility (1) Utility Menu Menu Function Function Table Table eb n the Remote. Web Remote. AllPress the tracks All ontracks the disc on The the are disc copied areinto copied a intotoa the track upload isthe flashing. 3. the jog wheel. Display switches 4. Turn the jog wheel until the track number you want to Page 26 Page 26 (5) Procedure for Displaying the Unit’s Jog, dokud nebude blikat požadované 4. If Otáčejte ovladačem hared in thefolder. shared folder. the disc If the in the disc machine in the machine has a hierarchal has a hierarchal number [ Using the front panel 1. While in stop and shift] mode, press the MENU/STORE/ [Pomocí předního panelu] 5. číslo Pressskladby. the jog wheel. “Executing” will be displayed upload isflashing. flashing. Drive Version ure at structure is also copied is No also tocopied the shared to thedrive. shared drive. Deseription Deseription Reference Reference No Display Display UTILITY button. until the Upload Track is until finished. Then number “Completed” will be 4. Turn jog wheel the track you want to Deseription Deseription Reference Reference 1. stop a shift stiskněte tlačítko MENU/STO1. Během While inrežimu stop and shift mode, press the MENU/STORE/ 5. Press(Order) the jog item) wheel. “Executing” will be displayed (Order) (Preset (Preset Jog. Během skladby bude 5. Stiskněte ovladač [ Using the front panel ] smake you toa make copy of adisplayed. copy a single of aselected single selected trackitem) on track the kopírování loaded on the loaded upload is 2. RE/UTILITY. Turn the button. jog wheel until “Drive version” appear in the UTILITY until Upload Track is finished. Then “Completed” will be eall tracks of the ortracks files zobrazeno on orthe files loaded onflashing. the disc loaded to the disc network to the network shared shared „Executing“. Po dokončení se zobrazí „Complehe folder. copyThe of the copytrack of the is made track is in made a new infolder a new created folder in created Page in 26 Page 26 This This copies feature all copies of the all tracks of the ortracks files on orthe files loaded on thedisc loaded to the disc network to the network shared shared •displayed. Display returns to 4 feature soare you can upload another display. 1. in stop and shift mode, press the MENU/STORE/ eb n the Remote. Web Remote. the tracks All the on tracks the disc onstep the are disc copied into copied awillinto adisplayed 5.AllPress the jog wheel. “Executing” be 2.AllWhile Turn the jog wheel until “Drive version” appear in the Otáčejte ovladačem Jog, dokud se na displeji ted“. Page 26 Page 26 2. folder designated folder designated in the Web in the Remote. Web Remote. the tracks All the on tracks the disc on the are disc copied are into copied a into a neobjeví track. UTILITY button. hared in thefolder. sharedIf folder. the disc IfUpload the in returns the disc machine inis the machine has4a so hierarchal has a can hierarchal until Upload Track finished. Then will be • Display to step you“Completed” upload another Page 26 Page 26 1. 1. Disc Upload Disc display. „Drive version“. • Displej se vrátí na krok 4, kde můžete vybrat další skladfolder new folder in created the 27 shared in thefolder. sharedIf folder. the disc If the in the disc machine in the machine has a hierarchal has a hierarchal FW onstructure version Page Page 27 6. Press theshared STOP/CANCEL button tocreated cancel. ure at is also copied is also tocopied the to thedrive. shared new drive. displayed. track. 2.is also Turntocopied the untildrive. “Drive version” appear in the folder structure, folder structure, that structure that structure is also copied the jog shared to wheel thedrive. shared bu ke kopírování. •aPress Display returns to stepon4button so you can loaded upload version drive version Page another 27 Page 27 display. sCD make you toa make copy of copy a single ofremote aSTOP/CANCEL selected singlecontrol selected track track the loaded on 6. the to the cancel. [ Using the unit ] This This feature allows feature allows make you toa make copy of a copy a single of aselected single selected track on track the loaded on the loaded Ktrack zrušení operace stiskněte tlačítko STOP/CANCEL. track. he folder. copyThe of 6. the copy of the is made track is in made a new infolder a new created folder in createdyou Page in to26 ss IP address 27 Page 26 27 2. Upload 2. Track Upload Track disc to the disc shared to the folder. shared The folder. copy The of the copy track of the is made track is in made a new in folder a new created folder in createdPage in 26 Page 26 [ Using the remote control unit ] 1. While in stop or play-pause mode, press the UTILITY 6. Press the STOP/CANCEL button to cancel. the shared thefolder. shared folder. button. [Pomocí dálkového ovladače] 3.Using DEVICE OPERATION 1.DEVICE While in OPERATION stop play-pause mode, ]press Page the UTILITY FW on version 27 Page 27 3. Press the jog wheel. The Display switches to the [3. Using [the the or remote control control unit [ Using theremote control unit] ] unit 3. F/W 3.remote F/W Version Displays Displays the until unitsthe FW units version FW version Page 27 Page 27 1. režimu stop nebo přehrávání-pauza stiskněte tlafirmware version. 2. Během Press the 3Version button or the 4 button “Upload Track” button. 3. Stiskněte Press theovladač jog wheel. The se Display switches to the CD version drive version Page 27 Page 27 3. Jog. Displej přepne na zobrazení ver1.1. While 1. in While stop and in stop shift and mode, shift press mode, the press UTILITY the UTILITY button. button. appears the display. While inDrive or play-pause press the UTILITY čítko UTILITY. 4. 4.instop Version Drive Version Displays Displays the until units the CD units drive CD version drive version Page 27 Page 27 4. ze Press the STOP/CANCEL button to cancel. firmware version. 2. Press the 3 button or the 4 button “Upload Track” mechaniky. ss IP address Page 27 Page 27 button. 2.2. 2.the Press thedisplay. 3 button or button theDisplays 4or button theDisplays 4until button “Upload Disc” ENTER button. Display switches to address the Disc” 3.Press Press the 3. Press the STOP/CANCEL jog wheel. The Display switches the 27 Mačkejte tlačítko nebo ,The dokud se na“Upload displeji neobjeví appears the 5. IP 5.in Address IP3Address the units the IPuntil address units IP Page to 27 Page Press the button ORE/ NU/STORE/ appears appears 4. K zrušení stiskněte tlačítkounit STOP/CANCEL. [4.Using the remote control ] to cancel. inTrack“. the display. in theordisplay. track number flashing. firmware version. 2. Press the 3 button the 4 button until “Upload Track” „Upload ENTER button. Display switches to the 3. Press theyou you When use the front the panel front forThe panel for ]operation, press the press SHIFT thebutton SHIFTinbutton stop mode in stoptomode enter to shift enter mode shift(SHIFT mode button (SHIFTwill button lightwill light [When Using [the Using remote theuse remote control control unit ]operation, unit appears in 3 the display. [ Using the remote control unit ] to cancel. 1. While inremote stop mode, press the button. 3. Press 3. the Press ENTER the ENTER button. button. The Display The Display switches switches to to button or the 4 button until the track number 4. Press the 4. Press the STOP/CANCEL button track number flashing. ENTER. Displej se změní na blikání čísla 3. Stiskněte tlačítko Using [the Using the remote control control unit ] UTILITY unit in ] listed Amber). Amber). Then press Then the press MENU/STORE/UTILITY the MENU/STORE/UTILITY button tobutton access to[the access functions the functions of the UTILITY of the UTILITY MENU listed MENU the table in the below. table below. [Pomocí dálkového ovladače] (2) Procedure (2) Procedure for Upload for Upload Disc Disc “Upload “Upload Disc OK?” Disc and OK?” the and “OK?” the flashes. “OK?” flashes. you want to upload is flashing. 1. While 1. inuse While stop and inuse stop shift and mode, shift press mode, the press UTILITY theoperation, UTILITY button. button. ENTER button. Display switches to the 3. Press the 3 button or the 4the button until “Drive Version” 2.theWhile Press the 1. in stop mode, press UTILITY button. When you When you the remote the control remote unit control for operation, unit for the press UTILITY UTILITY button to button access to the access functions the functions of the UTILITY of the UTILITY MENU MENU 3 button or the 4The button until the trackpress number 4. skladby. Press the 1.[1.Using While 1.the inWhile stop and instop stop shift and mode, shift mode, the press UTILITY the UTILITY button. button. remote control unitpress ] Během stiskněte tlačítko UTILITY. track number flashing. [4. Using [the Using front the panel front ]below. panel ]dokud appear režimu in the display. 4. 4. the Press ENTER the ENTER button. “Executing” button. will be will be displayed listed in 2. listed the table into the below. table ENTER button. “Executing” will bedisplayed displayed 5.Press Press the 2. 3 button 3 or button the 4or the “Executing” 4until button “Upload until “Upload Disc” Disc” you want upload is flashing. nebo ,button nebude blikat požadoMačkejte tlačítko 3 button or the 4 button until “Drive Version” 2. Press the SHIFT ess thebutton SHIFTin button stop mode in stop to mode enter to shift enter mode shift (SHIFT mode button (SHIFT will button light will 2. 2.the Press the 3 button 3or button the 4the or the 4until button until “Upload Disc” Disc” ORE/ NU/STORE/ 2. Press Mačkejte tlačítko nebo ,button dokud se na“Upload displeji neobjeví 1. mode, press until Upload until Disc Upload isthe finished. Disc is4 finished. Then “Completed” Then “Completed” will bebe willlight be until Upload Track is finished. Then “Completed” will appears appears in the display. display. 3 button or the button until the track number 4. Press the 3. While Press inthe ENTER button. TheUTILITY Display button. switches to the vané číslo skladby. appear instop the display. 1. in While stop and inin stop shift and mode, shift press mode, the press MENU/STORE/ the MENU/STORE/ ENTER button. “Executing” willtable be displayed 5. While Press the Ytobutton access to1. the access functions the functions of the UTILITY of the UTILITY MENU listed MENU in listed the in the below. table below. appears appears in the display. in the display. „Drive version“. displayed. displayed. displayed. you to upload isfinished. flashing. firmware version. button button. or the 4The button until switches “Drive Version” 2. UTILITY UTILITY button. 3.5.the Press 3.want the Press ENTER thebutton. button. button. The Display TheUTILITY Display switches switches tobeMENU to until Upload Track isthe Then “Completed” will ENTER. Během kopírování skladby bude Stiskněte tlačítko ess ation, the press UTILITY UTILITY button to button access toENTER access functions the functions of the of the UTILITY MENU 3. Press Press the the3ENTER Display to the Press the Press STOP the button STOP to button cancel. to cancel. 3. Press 3. the Press ENTER the ENTER. ENTER button.Displej button. The Display Display switches switches to to Display returns to step 4 so you can upload another se The přepne na zobrazení 3. Stiskněte tlačítko appear in the display. “Upload Disc OK?” Disc and OK?” the and “OK?” the flashes. “OK?” flashes. displayed. ENTER button. “Executing” will be displayed 5. “Upload Press the 4. Press the STOP button to cancel. firmware version. zobrazeno „Executing“. Po dokončení se zobrazí „Comple“Upload “Upload Disc OK?” Disc and OK?” the and “OK?” the flashes. “OK?” flashes. verze mechaniky. 6.Press Press the STOP button cancel. until Upload Track is finished. Then “Completed” be Display returns step 4to so you can upload another 3. ENTERbutton button. The Display switches to the ted“. 4.the Press ENTER thetoENTER button. “Executing” button. “Executing” will be displayed will will be displayed n ppears the in 4. the 4. Press Press the the STOP to cancel. 4. Press 4. the Press ENTER the ENTER button. “Executing” button. “Executing” will be displayed will be displayed displayed. firmware version. 4. K zrušení stiskněte tlačítko STOP. until Upload until Disc Upload is finished. Disc is finished. Then “Completed” Then “Completed” will be will be 6. •Press STOP button to Displej vrátífor na krokfor 4, cancel. kde můžeteTrack vybrat další sklad(3) Procedure (3)these Procedure Upload Upload Track until Upload until Disc Upload is finished. Disc is finished. Then “Completed” Then “Completed” will be will be Display returns to step 4 so you can upload another displayed. bu kedisplayed. kopírování. Procedure for Displaying 4.(6) Press the STOP button to cancel. the Unit’s IP (4) Procedure for Displaying the Unit’s F/W displayed. displayed. [ Using [the Using front the panel front ] panel ] to cancel. 6. Press Press the STOP button to cancel. the Press STOP the button STOP tobutton cancel. Address (6) Postup pro zobrazení IP adresy zařízení 6. K Utility zrušení stiskněte tlačítko STOP. (6) Procedure for Displaying the Unit’s IP (1) (1) operace Utility Menufor Menu Function Function Table Table Version Press the Press STOP thebutton STOP tobutton cancel. to cancel. (4) Procedure Displaying Unit’s F/W 1. While1. inWhile stop inor stop play-pause or play-pause mode, the press mode, the press SHIFT the SHIFT Address n ppears the in the [ Using the front panel ] [Pomocí předního panelu] the front ]the button to button light the topanel light shift button. shift Then button. press Then the press MENU/ 2.[ Using TurnVersion 2. the Turn jog the wheel jog until wheel “Upload until “Upload Disc” appears Disc” appears inthe theMENU/ in the (6) Procedure for Displaying the Unit’s IP (4) Postup pro zobrazování verze F/W NoProcedure NoProcedure Display Display (4) Procedure for Displaying the Unit’s F/W (3) (3) for Upload for Upload Track Track [ Using the front panel STORE/UTILITY STORE/UTILITY button. button. 1. While inrežimu stop and mode, press the MENU/STORE/ Deseription Deseription Reference Reference display. display. 1. Během stop a] shift tlačítko MENU/STO(3) Procedure (3) Procedure forshift Upload for stiskněte Upload Track Track Address [1. Using the front panel ] While in(Preset stop and shift mode, (Order) (Order) item) (Preset item) press the MENU/STORE/ zařízení Version UTILITY button. pload s to “Upload [2.Using [2. the Using front the panel front ]wheel panel ] Turn the Turn jog the wheel joguntil “Upload until “Upload Track” appears Track” appears in the in the UTILITY button. 1. RE/UTILITY. While in stop and shift mode, press the MENU/STORE/ 1. While in stop and shift mode, press the MENU/STORE/ This feature Thiscopies feature allcopies of theall tracks of the ortracks on orthe files loaded on the disc loaded to ]the disc network to ]the network shared shared [Using Using the front panel ]panel [files [the Using front the panel front display.the display. [ Using front panel ] 2. Turn theovladačem jog wheelJog, untildokud “IP Address” appear in the UTILITY button. [Pomocí předního panelu] 2. Otáčejte seinto na adispleji „IP Turn the jog inor wheel until “FW version” theWeb 1.2.While 1. in While stop stop play-pause orfolder play-pause mode, press mode, the press SHIFT SHIFT UTILITY button. designated folder designated inappear Web ininthe Remote. Remote. All the tracks All theontracks the disc on the are disc copied are copied intoneobjeví a Page 26 Page 26 1. Upload 1. Disc Upload Disc display. 1. While in stop and shift mode, press the MENU/STORE/ 1. While 1. in While stop in or stop play-pause or play-pause mode, press mode, the press SHIFT the Address“. be ayed displayed Deseription Deseription Reference Reference display. button to button light the tostop light shift button. shift Then button. press Then the press MENU/ thethe MENU/ 1. Během režimu a the shift stiskněte tlačítko MENU/STO2.If folder. Turn the wheel Address” appear in the SHIFT 1. in stop shift mode, press the MENU/STORE/ new folder new created folder in created the shared folder. shared the disc If the injog the disc machine in theuntil machine has “IP a hierarchal has a hierarchal 2. While Turn the jog and wheel until “FW version” appear inin the UTILITY button. button to button light the to light shift the button. shift Then button. press Then the press MENU/ the MENU/ eted” ill be will be STORE/UTILITY STORE/UTILITY display. UTILITY button.button. button. folder structure, folder structure, that structure that structure is also copied is also tocopied the shared to thedrive. shared drive. RE/UTILITY. display. STORE/UTILITY STORE/UTILITY button. button. eall tracks of the ortracks files on orthe filesloaded on thedisc loaded to the disc network to the network shared shared 2. Turn the jog wheel until appear in the pload s to “Upload 2. Turn 2. the Turn jog the wheel jog until wheel “Upload until “Upload Track” appears Track” appears in the in the This feature This allows feature you allows to make you to a make copy of a copy a single of a selected single selected track on“IP track theAddress” loaded on the loaded 2. Turn the jog wheel until “FW version” appear in the 2. Otáčejte ovladačem Jog, dokud se na displeji neobjeví „F/ eb n the Remote. Web3.Remote. All the3.tracks All the ontracks the jog disc onThe the are disc copied areinto copied a into a “Upload Press the Press jog the wheel. wheel. Display The switches Display switches to to “Upload display. 2. Turn 2. the Turn jog the wheel jog until wheel “Upload until “Upload Track” appears Track” in Page The 26 Page 26 2. Upload 2. Track Upload Track discato the discshared thefolder. shared folder. copyThe of the copytrack of the is made track is in made a newinfolder a new created folder in createdPage in appears 26the Page in 26the display. W hared in thefolder. sharedIfdisplay. folder. theversion“. disc Ifdisplay. the inand the disc machine inand the the machine has hierarchal has ato hierarchal Disc OK?” Disc OK?” the “OK?” flashes. “OK?” flashes. display. display. shared thefolder. shared folder. be ayed displayed ure at structure is also copied is alsotocopied the shared to thedrive. shared the drive. 4. Press 4. the Press jog the wheel. jog wheel. “Executing” “Executing” will the be will displayed be illmake be to will be of 3. F/W 3. aselected Version F/Wselected Version Displays Displays the units FWunits version FW displayed version Page 27 Page 27 seted” you a make copy a copy a Upload single of single track onfinished. track the loaded on the loaded 3. Stiskněte Press theovladač jog wheel. The display switches to the IP until Disc Upload is finished. Disc is Then “Completed” Then “Completed” will be will be 3. Jog. Displej se přepne na zobrazení IP 3. until Press the jog wheel. The Display switches to the 4. Drive 4. Version Drive Version Displays Displays the units the CD units drive CD version drive version Page 27 Page 27 he folder. copyThe of the copy track of the is made track is in made a new in folder a new created folder in created Page in 26 Page 26 address. displayed. displayed. adresy. firmware version. 3. Press the jog wheel. The display switches to the IP 3. 5. Press IP the jogIPwheel. The Display switches the 5.STOP/CANCEL Address Address Displays Displays the units the IPcancel. address units to IP address 4. K Press the stiskněte STOP/CANCEL to cancel. Page 27 Page 27 address. 5.4. Press 5.the Press the STOP/CANCEL button to button cancel. to 4. zrušení tlačítko button STOP/CANCEL. Press the STOP/CANCEL button to cancel. firmware version. FW on version Page 27 Page 27 3. Press the jog wheel. The display switches to the IP Pressthe theremote STOP/CANCEL button 3. Press theovladač jog wheel. The Display to the 3. Stiskněte Jog. Displej se přepneswitches na zobrazení ver[4.Using control unit ] to cancel. 4. Pressthe the STOP/CANCEL button address. [ Using remote control unit ] to cancel. CD version drive version Using [the Using remote the remote control control unit ] unit ] firmware dálkového ovladače] (2)ze Procedure (2) version. Procedure for Upload for Upload Disc DiscPage 27 Page 27 [ [Pomocí firmwaru. [1.Using remote control Whilethe in stop mode, pressunit the ]UTILITY button. Press STOP/CANCEL button tothe cancel. ss IP address 4. Page 27 Page 27 1.4. [1.Using remote control Whilethe in stop mode, pressunit the ]UTILITY button. While 1.inthe While stop and instop stop shift and mode, shift press mode, press UTILITY the UTILITY button. button. Press the STOP/CANCEL button to cancel. 1. Během režimu stiskněte tlačítko UTILITY. 4. K zrušení stiskněte tlačítko STOP/CANCEL. [ Using [the Using front the panel front] panel ] 3 button or the 4 button until “IP Address” 2. Press the 1. While in stop mode, press the UTILITY button. 3 button the the 4 button until “F/W version” 2. thestop 1. Press While in mode, or press UTILITY button. 2.[2.Using Press 2.the the Press the control 3 button 3or button the unit 4or the button until “Upload Disc” Disc” remote ] 4until Mačkejte nebo ,button dokud se na“Upload displeji neobjeví [ Using the remote control unit]press ] unit appear in tlačítko the display. While 1.Using inWhile stop and indisplay. stop shift and mode, shift mode, the MENU/STORE/ the MENU/STORE/ [1.[Pomocí Using [the remote the remote control control unit ]press appear in the 2. appears Press the 3 button the 4 button until “IP Address” appears in the display. in theor display. ovladače] „IP Address“. 3 button or the 4 button until “F/W version” 2. UTILITY Pressdálkového the 1. mode, press The the Display UTILITYswitches button. to the IP UTILITY button. button. 3. While Press in the ENTER button. appear instop the display. 1. While press the UTILITY button. ENTER button. The Display switches to thebutton. 3.While Press the appear instop the display. 1.1. 1.inin While stop and inmode, stop shift and mode, shift press mode, the press UTILITY the UTILITY button. 3.3. Press 3. the Press ENTER the ENTER. ENTER button.Displej button. The Display The Display switches switches to to Během režimu stop stiskněte tlačítko UTILITY. se přepne naAddress” zobrazení Stiskněte tlačítko Address. 3 buttonbutton. or theThe 4 button until “IP 2. Press the firmware version. 3. Press the ENTER Display switches to the IP 3 button or the 4 button until “F/W version” 2. Press the “Upload “Upload Disc OK?” Disc and OK?” the and “OK?” the flashes. “OK?” flashes. IP adresy. 3.Press Press the ENTER button. switches to the Disc” appear 2.2. 2.the Press the 3or 3 button button the 4or button theDisplay 4until button until “Upload Disc” nebo ,The dokud se na“Upload displeji neobjeví Mačkejte tlačítko in the display. 4. Address. Press the STOP button to cancel. appear in the the display. ORE/ NU/STORE/ 4.appears Pressversion“. the STOP to cancel. firmware version. appears in display. in button the display. 4.4. Press 4.the Press ENTER the ENTER button. “Executing” button. “Executing” will be displayed will be displayed „F/W K zrušení stiskněte tlačítko STOP. 3. Press the ENTER button. The Display switches to the IP 4. Press the STOP button to cancel. 3. Press the ENTER button. The Display switches to the until Upload until Disc Upload is finished. Disc is finished. Then “Completed” Then “Completed” will be will be 4.Press Press thetlačítko STOP toDisplej cancel. 3.3. 3. the Press ENTER the button ENTER button. button. The Display Display switches switches to to Address. Stiskněte ENTER. se The přepne na zobrazení firmware version. displayed. displayed. “Upload “Upload Disc OK?” Disc and OK?” the and “OK?” the flashes. “OK?” flashes. verze firmwaru. 4. Press Pressthe the STOP button tocancel. cancel. Press STOP thebutton STOPtobutton to cancel. 4. Press Press the STOP to“Executing” cancel.“Executing” 4.4. 4.the Press ENTER the button ENTER button. button. will be displayed will be displayed K zrušení stiskněte tlačítko STOP. Upload Upload is finished. Disc is finished. Then“Upload “Completed” Thenappears “Completed” be will be 2. until Turn 2. theuntil Turn jogDisc the wheel jog until wheel “Upload until Disc” Disc” will appears in the in the displayed. display. displayed. display. (3) Procedure (3) Procedure for Upload for Upload Track Track Press the Press STOP thebutton STOPtobutton cancel. to cancel. [ Using [the Using front the panel front] panel ] n ppears the in the 1. While1. inWhile stop inor stop play-pause or play-pause mode, press mode,the press SHIFT the SHIFT (3) Procedure (3) Procedure for Upload for Upload Track Track button to button light the to light shiftthe button. shift Then button. press Thenthe press MENU/ the MENU/ STORE/UTILITY STORE/UTILITY button. button. [ Using [the Using front the panel front] panel ]

UTILITY UTILITY MENU MENU

DISPLAY

A-

A-

LOCK

END

LOCK

END

CANCEL

SKIP

CANCEL

SKIP

ISPLAY

A-

DISPLAY

A-

N-C640

N-C640

NETWORK

CD PLAYER

LOCK

END

LOCK

DN-C640 CD PLAYER

DN-C640

SKIP

CANCEL

ISPLAY

SHIFT

MENU/STORE

UTILITY DISPLAY

A-

SHIFT

DISPLAY

A-

MENU/STORE

NETWORK

LOCK

END

LOCK

END

CANCEL

SKIP

CANCEL

SKIP

A-

DISPLAY

MENU/STORE

SKIP

MENU/STORE

UTILITY

UTILITY

NETWORK

END

NETWORK

ANCEL

MENU/STORE

UTILITY

SHIFT

UTILITY

SHIFT

SHIFT

26 26

CD PLAYER

DN-C640 CD PLAYER

DN-C640

NETWORK

DISPLAY

MENU/STORE

UTILITY

A-

DISPLAY

A-

LOCK

END

LOCK

END

CANCEL

SKIP

CANCEL

SKIP

NETWORK

SHIFT

A-

LOCK

END

LOCK

END

CANCEL

SKIP

CANCEL

SKIP

MENU/STORE

UTILITY

SHIFT

27 27 27 27

4. SÍŤOVÁ FUNKČNOST A OBSLUHA Síťová funkčnost a obsluha Funkce síťového provozu DN-C640 vám umožňuje reprodukovat kompatibilní audio soubory ze sdíleného síťového zdroje nebo jednotky, a také poskytuje jednoduché internetové uživatelské rozhraní k ovládání vašeho DN-C640 přes síť. DN-C640 má následující funkce. 1. Přehrávání audio souborů ze síťové jednotky DN-C640 může přehrávat audio soubory uložené ve sdílené složce na síťovém počítači. 2. Uploadování audio souborů DN-C640 může kopírovat soubor, soubory nebo celý disk na sdílenou složku. Viz menu Utility na straně 27. 3. Webové dálkové ovládání Vnitřní webové rozhraní (GUI - grafické uživatelské rozhraní) DN-C640 umožňuje každému počítači (připraveném pro internet) na síti plnou ovladatelnost funkcí DN-C640. Přes webové ovládání zařízení lze řídit všechny funkce předního panelu a menu předvoleb. Navíc lze díky webovému ovladači vytvářet přehrávací seznamy stylu .m3u, stahovat je nebo nahrávat na zařízení. Viz Aplikace Web Remote na straně 30.

Jak připojit DN-C640 k vaší síti DN-C640 připojte k síti pomocí ethernetového terminálu RJ-45 (LAN) na zadním panelu přístroje. DN-C640 můžete připojit některým z následujících způsobů: • Přes společnou (podnikovou) síť • Přes domácí síť pomocí routeru nebo switche • Přímo k počítači pomocí ethernetového kříženého kabelu DN-C640 podporuje automatické získávání IP adresy z DHCP serveru. Nejčastěji váš DN-C640 připojíte k společné nebo domácí síti ve třech jednoduchých krocích: 1. Před připojováním DN-C640 nastavte předvolbu „IP Address“ na Auto (základní nastavení). To znamená, že se bude DN-C640 pokoušet získat síťové nastavení z DHCP serveru na síti. 2. Připojte DN-C640 k síti pomocí ethernetového terminálu RJ-45 na zadním panelu přístroje. Pokud nejste připojeni k síti, použijte křížený ethernetový kabel k připojení zařízení přímo k vašemu počítači. 3. Zapněte přístroj. DN-C640 si automaticky nakonfiguruje síťové nastavení a komunikuje se sítí nebo počítačem bez toho, aby jste museli cokoliv provádět.

POZNÁMKA:

• Pokud nastavíte předvolbu „IP Address“ na Auto, k vyhledání IP adresy DN-C640 použijte menu Utility, která je přiřazena automaticky ze serveru DHCP. • Pokud DN-C640 nemůže po zapnutí najít DHCP server, může nějakou dobu trvat, než se dokončí inicializace. • Pokud přiřazujete síťové nastavení manuálně, nejdříve byste měli na DN-C640 nastavit následující předvolby. – IP Address – Subnet Mask – Gateway Pokud je potřeba, nastavte také „DNS Server“ POZNÁMKA Pokud síťové prostředí, ke kterému chcete váš DN-C640 připojit neznáte nebo této problematice nerozumíte, spojte se, prosím, s poskytovatelem nebo správcem sítě.

28

Nastavení sdílené složky na serveru nebo síťovém serveru Setting up a Shared FolderFolder on a Server or a Network Server Setting up a Shared on a Server or a Network Server DN-C640 může číst a přehrávat audio soubory ze sdílené složky na serveru nebo síťovém serveru.

The DN-C640 can read and audio filesaudio in a shared of afolder serverofora aserver network The DN-C640 can play read and play files in folder a shared or aserver. network server. 1. Vytvořte sdílenou složku na serveru. 1. Create1.a shared folder on a server. Create Web a shared folder a server. 2. Otevřete aplikaci Remote naon nějakém síťovém počítači. Viz strana 30. 2. Bring up the Web Remote on any network computer. See pageSee 30. page 30. 2. Bring up the Web Remote on any network computer. 3. Klikněte na záložku síťového nastavení „Network Settings“. 3. Click Network tab. Click settings Network settings tab.uživatelský účet a heslo v textových polích pro nastavení sdílené síťové jednotky „Ne4. Zadejte3.sdílený název zpřístupňující 4. twork Type the share name, the accessing user account password in the textboxes of Network Shared Drive. Shared 4. TypeDrive“. the share name, the accessing userand account and password in the textboxes of Network Shared Drive.

5. 5. 6. 6.

ENGLISH

4. SÍŤOVÁ FUNKČNOST A OBSLUHA 4. NETWORK FUNCTIONALITY AND OPERATION 4. NETWORK FUNCTIONALITY AND OPERATION

button. .button. Click the Klikněte tlačítko 5. naClick the The DN-C640 will reboot. DN-C640 6. se Therestartuje. DN-C640 will reboot.

For detail For of the Web see page see 30. page 30. of remote, the remote, Podrobnosti o detail aplikaci WebWeb Remote viz strana 30.

29 29

2

ENGLISH

ENGLISH

5. OVLÁDACÍ FUNKCE 5. CONTROL FEATURES 5. CONTROL FEATURES

APLIKACE WEB REMOTE WEB Aplikace Remote“ REMOTE vám umožňuje ovládat zařízení a konfigurovat nastavení z vašeho počítače. DN-C640 podporuje běžnou WEB „Web REMOTE

softwarovou aplikaci webového prohlížeče. application “Web Remote” allows you to control the unit and configure settings from your DN-C640 suppor The applicationThe “Web Remote” allows you to control the unit and configure settings from your computer. Thecomputer. DN-C640 The supports common web browsing software applications. common web browsing software applications. K připojení k webovému ovladači DN-C640 spusťte váš webový prohlížeč a zadejte IP adresu DN-C640, např. http://192.168.0.1/, connect to the DN-C640’s your web browserthe andDN-C640’s specify the address, for exampl kTootevření webového ovladače. connectobrazovky toTothe DN-C640’s web remote, web start remote, up your start web up browser and specify IP DN-C640’s address, forIP example, “http://192.168.0.1/” to open the web control screen. “http://192.168.0.1/” to open the web control screen.

(1) Obrazovka hesla (1) screen Password screen (1) Password

Otevřete obrazovku webového ovladače a poté zadejte do the oknapassword Password k získáníwindow přístupu do aplikace Web Remote. the web control screen type in heslo the password to the web Open the webOpen control screen and then typeand the then password in the password window to gain accesstotogain the access web remote. The remote. Th Okno hesla sepassword zobrazí pouze v případě, že bylo nastaveno heslohas v menu předvoleb. Pokudmenu. heslo nastaveno nebylo, pak se set obwindow appears only when a password been set in the preset If no password has been password window appears only when a password has been set in the preset menu. If no password has been set in the preset in the pres razovka hesla přeskočí a webový ovladač připojí přímo k ovládacímu oknu „Control“. menu then connecting to the web browser skips the password screen and connects directly to the Control window. menu then connecting to the web browser skips the password screen and connects directly to the Control window. 1. 1. 2. 2.

30 30

1. Type the password in the text PASSWORD text box. Napište do textového okna PASSWORD. Type theheslo password in the PASSWORD box. Klikněte na2.tlačítko .button. Click Click button.

30

(2) Obrazovka ovládání (2) Control screen Obrazovka webového ovladače obsahuje čtyři záložky: Control (ovládání), Program, General Setting (hlavní nastavení) a Network (2) Control screen The Web remote screen contains four tabs; Control, Program, General Settings, and Network Settings. The Control window

Setting (síťové nastavení). contains controls of screen the DN-C640. The Web remote contains four tabs; Control, Program, General Settings, and Network Settings. The Control window contains controls of the DN-C640.

ENGLISH ENGLISH

5. OVLÁDACÍ FUNKCE 5. CONTROL FEATURES 5. CONTROL FEATURES

q q w w

e e r r

q Screen select tabs:

qObrazovka výběru záložek: Control tab: This screen allows you to control Screen select tabs:

DN-C640 in the same way This screenvám allows you to control Tatothe obrazovka umožňuje ovláas operating the front panel, the DN-C640 in the same way dat DN-C640 stejným způsobem jako and displays thethe track or audio as operating front panel, při obsluze předníhoofpanelu ashared zobrafile disc andinformation displays the track/ or audio zujenetwork informace o skladbě nebo audio drive, and the status of file information of disc / shared souboru na disku/sdílené síťové jedthe DN-C640. network drive, and the status of Program tab: The Program screen allows you the DN-C640. notce a stavu DN-C640. toThe create, upload, and download Program tab: Program screen allows you Program: Obrazovka Program vám umožňuje .m3u type playlists. to create, upload, and download nahrávat aSetting stahovat screen přehráGeneral Setting tab:vytvářet, The .m3uGeneral type playlists. vací seznamy typu .m3u. allows you to modify many of General Setting tab: The General Setting screen General Setting: Obrazovka General Setting vám the settings that in themany Preset allows you to are modify of Menu. the settings that řadu are innastavení, the Preset umožňuje upravovat Network Setting tab: The Setting screen Menu. která jsouNetwork v menu předvoleb. allows you to modify the network Network Setting tab: The Network Setting screen Network Setting: Obrazovka Network vám settings thattoare inSetting the Preset allows you modify the network umožňuje upravovat nastavení, která menu. This is also where you can settings that are in the Preset jsoudesignate vmenu. menuThis předvoleb. Týká shared se the network is also where youtaké can folder that síťové thethe DN-C640 connects designate network shared nastavování sdílené složky, tofolder in NETWORK mode. režimu. that the DN-C640 connects která se používá v síťovém to in NETWORK mode. Control tab: Control:

w Track List:

wSeznam skla\deb (Track List): Track number, file name and track time are displayed in Track List:

Vthis tétoarea. oblasti sefile zobrazují číslo skladby, název souboru In case ofname CD-DA “track” + [track isin Track number, and track time are number] displayed fileofname unless is number] equipped adisplayed čas V případě CD-DA sethe jako název souboruis this skladby. area.asInthe case CD-DA “track” +disc [track with CD-Text thename file name willthe appear place of displayed aswhere the file unless disc isdisk equipped zobrazuje „track“ + [číslo skladby], pakliže neníin vyba“track” + [track number]. with CD-Text where the file name will appear in place of ven funkcí CD-Text. “track” + [track number].

e Status indicator:

eIndikátor stavu: The status indicator: of the DN-C640 and the playback volume level Status

Vare této oblasti se zobrazují DN-C640 a úroveň hlasitosdisplayed inthe thisDN-C640 area. stavand The status of the playback volume level ti přehrávání. are displayed in this area.

t t

If the machine is in: Pokud je přístroj v režimu: If the machine is in: stop: stop: stop: play: přehrávání: play: pause: pause: pauza: cue: cue: cue: end monitor: end monitor: monitorování konce: search: search: vyhledávání: no disc: no disc: bez disku: sleep: sleep: spánku: the other case: ostatní thepřípady: other case:

r icon:  Control Ikony ovládání: These buttons you to operate DN-C640 the DN-C640 in rTato Control icon: tlačítka vámallow umožňují obsluhovat stejným

same way as pressing front buttons or IRDN-C640 controller These buttons allow you panel to operate in způsobem jako při mačkání tlačítek na the předním panelu buttons. same way as pressing front panel buttons or IR controller nebo IR dálkovém ovladači. buttons.

t KEY LOCK switch and SOURCE switch: tPřepínač KEY LOCK a přepínač SOURCE: KEY LOCK switch: Locks the front panel buttons KEY LOCK switch and SOURCE switch:

Přepínač KEY LOCK: Uzamyká tlačítka předního panelu SOURCE switch: Selects source for playback KEY LOCK switch: Locks the front panel buttons SOURCE switch: Selects thepro source for playback Přepínač SOURCE: Vybírá zdroj přehrávání

31 31 31

ENGLISH

ENGLISH ENGLISH ENGLISH ENGLISH

ENGLISH

5. CONTROL FEATURES 5. OVLÁDACÍ FUNKCE 5. CONTROL FEATURES CONTROL FEATURES 5. 5. CONTROL FEATURES 5. CONTROL FEATURES 5. CONTROL FEATURES (3) Obrazovka Program screen (3) programu (3) Program screen Program (3)(3) Program (3) Program screen The Program screen allows youscreen toscreen make a program play settings, turnprogramu, the program modenebo on orvypínat off, andrežim create a playlist.. It also Obrazovka Program vám umožňuje provádět nastavení přehrávání zapínat programu a vytvářet The Program screen allows you to make a program play settings, turn the program mode on or off, (3)download Program screen allows you to created playlists to your computer for future use as well as upload previously constructed playlists to the

přehrávací seznamy. Umožňuje také stahovat seznamy doturn vašeho počítače pro budoucí použití nebo naProgram screen allows you to make aapřehrávací program play settings, the program mode on or off, and create aa playlist.. ItIt aa TheThe Program screen allows you tovytvořené make program play settings, turn the program mode or and create playlist.. It also The Program screen allows you to make program play settings, turn the program mode on off, oruse off, and create playlist.. allows you toa download created playlists to your computer foron future as well asaupload previous device.(upload) The Program screen allows you to playlists make a program play settings, turn the program mode on or off, and constructed create a playlist.. It also allows you to created playlists to your computer future as previously constructed playlists to allows you to download created todo your computer forfor future useuse as as well as upload previously playlists to the hrávat dříve vybudované přehrávací seznamy allows you to download download created playlists tozařízení. your computer for future use as well well as upload upload previously constructed playlists to device. allows you to download created playlists to your computer for future use as well as upload previously constructed playlists to the device. device. device. device.

y

y

yy y y

i ii i i u

u

uu u u

o oo o o

 y Přepínač Program Program: switch:

y Program switch: KSelect zapnutí režimu přehrávání programu ON to enter program play mode.zvolte ON. y Program switch: y Program switch: y Program switch: Select ON to enter program play mode. y Program Select ON to enter program play mode. Select ONswitch: to enter program play mode. Select ON to enter program play mode. u Seznam Track List: Select ON to enter programu play mode.List: skladeb: Track Track number and file name are displayed in this area. If you want to add any track to the program list (playlist), click the List: uu Track List: u Track List: V této oblasti seTrack zobrazuje číslo skladby aTrack název souboru. chcete nějakou skladbu seznamu number andPokud file name arepřidat displayed in this area. do If you want programu to add any(přetrack to the pr ADD button on the right side the filename. u Track List: Track number and file name in this area. IfIf you want track program (playlist), click Track number and file name areare displayed in area. Ifsouboru. you want to to add anyany track to to the program listlist (playlist), click the Track number and file name are displayed inright this area. you want to add add any track to the the program list (playlist), click ADD hrávacího seznamu), klikněte na tlačítko nadisplayed pravé názvu button on straně thethis side the filename. Track number and file name are displayed in this area. If you want to add any track to the program list (playlist), click the ADD ADD button the right side the filename. button on on the right side the filename. ADD button on the right side the filename. i ProgramADD List (Playlist): ADD button on the right side filename. List (Playlist): ithe Program Seznam programu (přehrávací seznam): The orderi of program play, track number and track time are displayed in this area. If you wish to edit it, click any of the buttons i Program List (Playlist): Program List (Playlist): i Program List (Playlist): The order of program play, track number and track time are displayed in this area. If you wish to e theoblasti right side as needed. Vontéto seThe zobrazuje přehrávání programu, čísla skladeb, názvy souborů aarea. čas Pokud seznam i Program List (Playlist): order of program play, track number and time displayed in area. IfIf you wish to edit it, of butto The order of program play, track number track time areare displayed in this Ifskladeb. you wish to edit it, click anyany of the buttons The order ofpořadí program play, track number and track time are displayed in this this area. you wish to chcete edit it, click click any of the the butt on the right and side astrack needed. 3 (Up) button: Moves the corresponding file or track up in the playlist The of program play, track number and track time are displayed in this area. If you wish to edit it, click any of the buttons editovat, klikněte podle potřeby na některé z tlačítek na pravé straně. on the right side as needed. onorder the right side as needed. on the right side as needed. 3 (Up) button: Moves the corresponding file or track up in the playlist 4 (Down) Moves corresponding file or track playlist onbutton: the3 right side asthe needed. 33 :(Up) Tlačítko nahoru Přesouvá odpovídající soubor nebo down skladbu vtrack seznamu button: Moves corresponding file or up in the playlist (Up) button: Moves the4the corresponding fileMoves orintrack upcorresponding in playlist (Up) button: Moves the corresponding file orthe track upthe innahoru the playlist (Down) button: the file or track down in the playlist 3 3 (Delete) button: Removes the corresponding file or track from a playlist (Up) button: Moves the corresponding file or track up in down the playlist 4 4 button: Moves corresponding file or in playlist Tlačítko dolů :(Down) Přesouvá odpovídající soubor nebo skladbu seznamu dolů 4 (Down) button: Moves thethe corresponding fileRemoves or track down in the playlist (Down) button: Moves the corresponding file orvtrack track down in the the playlist (Delete) button: the corresponding file or track from a playlist 4 4 (Down) button: Moves the corresponding file or track down in the playlist (Delete) button: Removes corresponding or track from aa playlist (Delete) button: Removes thethe corresponding filefile or track from a playlist Tlačítko mazání : Odstraňuje odpovídající soubor nebo skladbu ze seznamu (Delete) button: Removes the corresponding file or track from playlist o DOWNLOAD and UPLOAD buttons: (Delete) button: Removes the correspondingand file or track from buttons: a playlist o DOWNLOAD UPLOAD These allow you to download and upload a playlist for the DN-C640. o DOWNLOAD and UPLOAD buttons: o DOWNLOAD and UPLOAD buttons: o DOWNLOAD and UPLOAD buttons: These allow you to download and upload a playlist for the DN-C640. Tlačítka DOWNLOAD athe UPLOAD: Downloads current playlist stored DN-C640 toDN-C640. the shared folder as file “xxxxx.xxx” o button: DOWNLOAD and UPLOAD buttons: These allow you to download upload aathe playlist These allow you to download andand upload a in playlist forfor thethe DN-C640. These allow you to download and upload playlist for the DN-C640. button: Downloads the current playlist stored in the DN-C640 to the shared folder as Umožňují button: stahovat a nahrávat přehrávací seznamy pro DN-C640. Uploads a playlist stored in the shared folder named “xxxxx.xxx” totothe These allow you to download and upload a playlist for the DN-C640. button: Downloads current playlist stored in DN-C640 to the shared folder “xxxxx.xxx” button: Downloads thethe current playlist stored inplaylist the DN-C640 the shared folder as as file “xxxxx.xxx” button: Downloads the current playlist stored in the the DN-C640 toDN-C640. the shared folder as file file “xxxxx.xxx” button: Uploads a stored insdílené the shared folder named “xxxxx.xxx” Tlačítko :button: Stahuje současný přehrávací seznam uložený v DN-C640 do složky jako soubor „xxxxx.xxx“ to the DN-C Downloads the current playlist stored in the DN-C640 to the shared folder as file “xxxxx.xxx” button: Uploads aa playlist stored in shared folder named “xxxxx.xxx” to DN-C640. button: Uploads a playlist stored in the shared folder named “xxxxx.xxx” to the DN-C640. button: Uploads playlist stored in the the shared folder named “xxxxx.xxx” to the the DN-C640. Tlačítko :button: Nahrává přehrávací seznam ve sdílené „xxxxx.xxx“do Uploads a playlist stored uložený in the shared foldersložce namedjako “xxxxx.xxx” to theDN-C640 DN-C640.

 



32 32

3232 32

32

ENGLISH

5.5. CONTROL FEATURES OVLÁDACÍ FUNKCE 5. CONTROL FEATURES (4) hlavního nastavení (4) Obrazovka General settings screen (4) General settings screen Obrazovka General Settings vám umožňuje upravovat řadu přehrávacích funkcí, které najdete v menu předvoleb (Preset) zaříze-

The General settings screen allows you to modify many of the playback features found in the Preset Menu of the device. The General settings allows you toinpředvoleb.Viz modify manyMenu. of theSee playback features found in the Preset Menu of the device. The ní. Funkčnost jescreen stejná jako menu strana 21.Page 21. function ofThe all všech of the nastavení settings are the same asvfound the Preset function of all of the settings are the same as found in the Preset Menu. See Page 21.

!0

!0

!0 SAVE button, CANCEL button and DEFAULT buttons:  Tlačítka SAVE,Stores CANCEL a DEFAULT: !0 button: SAVE button, CANCEL button DEFAULT all changes made to itemsand in this window. buttons:

Tlačítkobutton: Cancels :button: Ukládá veškeré změny provedené v window tomto okně. all changes items in this window. allStores changes made to made items to in this and then displays the current settings. Tlačítkobutton: Resets :button: Ruší všechny změny provedené vitems tomtoin okně avalue. poté zobrazí současná changes made tofactory this window and then displaysnastavení. the current settings. Cancels all Cancels items in all this window to the default Resets all in to default value. Tlačítko :button: Obnovuje všechny položky tomto okně nafactory základní hodnoty z výroby. button: Resets all items items in this this vwindow window to the the factory default value.

33 33

3

ENGLISH

5. CONTROL FEATURES 5. OVLÁDACÍ FUNKCE (5) Network settings screen (5) Obrazovka síťového nastavení

The Network settings screen allows you to modify the network settings of the DN-C640 as well as designate the location and Obrazovka NetworkofSettings vám umožňuje upravovat síťová dále určovat umístění a přihlašovací sign-in information the desired network shared folder. The nastavení function ofDN-C640 all of theasettings are the same as found in theinformaPreset ce požadované síťově sdílené složky. Funkčnost všech nastavení je stejná jako v menu předvoleb. Menu. Více k obsluze menu viz strana 20. Podrobné vysvětlení jednotlivých položek viz níže. See page 20 about anPreset operation of a preset menu. About detailed explanation of eachsíťového networknastavení setting item, see below.

!1 !2

!3 !4 !5 !6

!1 Machine Name text box:  Textové okno názvu zařízení: When in uploading audio files by an upload function, the DN-C640 upload audio files in a folder of this name under the shared

Když folder.jsou uploadovány audio soubory pomocí funkce Upload, DN-C640 nahrává audio soubory do složky s tímto názvem (uvnitř sdílené složky).

!2 Set IP Address control:

You mustnastavení set the DN-C640’s network address here.  Oblast IP adresy:

If you connect the DN-C640 to the server using DHCP, check the Automatically(DHCP/Auto IP) radio button. The value of IP Zde musíte nastavit síťovou adresu DN-C640. address, Subnet Mask, Default Gateway and Server text boxes disappear. Pokud připojujete DN-C640 k serveru pomocí DNS DHCP, zkontrolujte výběr tlačítka předvolby Automatically(DHCP/Auto IP). HodIf you assign the network settings manually, check the “Manually” radio button and type the your desired IP address, Subnet noty textových polí IP address, Subnet Mask, Default Gateway a DNS Server zmizí. Mask, Default Gateway and DNS Server text boxes. Pokud přiřazuje síťové nastavení manuálně, zkontrolujte výběr tlačítka předvolby Manually a zadejte do textových polí požaIP adresu, masku podsítě, implicitní bránu a DNS server. !3 dovanou Password textbox: If you want to have password security for access to the web remote, type password into Password textbox and Re-Enter Textové hesla: Password pole textbox. Pokud chcete mít přístup k webovému ovládání chráněn heslem, napište heslo do pole Password a ještě jednou do pole Re!4 -Enter MACPassword. Address indicator: Displays the MAC address of the DN-C640.



 adresy: !5 Indikátor Network MAC Shared Drive control: 

34 34

Zobrazuje adresu You must MAC set the sharedDN-C640. drive (folder) information here. Drive Name textbox: type the share name of the shared folder with full-pass. (Share name is generally same as a folder name.) Ovládání síťové sdílené jednotky: Login User nastavit Name textbox: typeo asdílené user account for(složce). accessing the shared folder. Zde musíte informace jednotce Login Password textbox: type a user account password for accessing the shared folder. Same password should be název typed into Textové pole Drive Name: napište kompletní sdílený název sdílené složky (sdílený název je zpravidla stejný, jako složRe-Enter Login Password textbox. ky). Textové pole Login User Name: napište uživatelský účet pro přístup do sdílené složky. Textové pole Login Password: napište heslo uživatelského účtu pro přístup do sdílené složky. Stejné heslo by mělo být zadáno do textového pole Re-Enter Login Password.

Tlačítko

ENGLISH

ttons:

5.RESTART, CONTROLCANCEL FEATURES  Tlačítka SAVEand andRestart, a DEFAULT: !6 Save Save Cancel and Default buttons: !6 Save and and Restart, Cancel and and Default buttons: !6 Restart, Cancel Default buttons:

5. OVLÁDACÍ FUNKCE 5. CONTROL CONTROL FEATURES 5. CONTROL FEATURES 5. FEATURES 5. CONTROL FEATURES

:button: Pokud byly changes na obrazovce síťového nastavení provedeny nějaké změny chcetetojebeuložit, stiskněte If any have been made to the network settings screen anda need saved, press the SAVE button: If anyIfchanges have been mademade tobuttons: thetonetwork settings screen and need to beto saved, presspress the SAVE button: any changes have been the network settings screen and need be saved, the SAVE !6 Save and Restart, Cancel and Default and RESTART button. This will store the changes made and forces the DN-C640 to se reboot. tlačítko SAVE and RESTART. Tím se provedené změny uloží a DN-C640 restartuje, aby změny and RESTART button. This will store the changes made and forces the and RESTART button. Thismade will store the changes made and forces the DN-C640 to reboot. button: If any changes have been to the network settings screen andDN-C640 need to to bereboot. saved, press the SAVE

If thePokud SAVE stisknete and RESTART button is pressed, a confirmation screen will appear. projevily. tlačítko RESTART, objeví sescreen potvrzující obrazovka. If the SAVE and RESTART button isSAVE pressed, confirmation will appear. Ifsaved, theRESTART SAVE and RESTART is and pressed, a confirmation will button. Thisbutton will store thea changes madescreen and forces the appear. DN-C640 to reboot. to the network settings screen and need to be and press the SAVE If the SAVE and RESTART button is pressed, a confirmation screen will appear. store the changes made and forces the DN-C640 to reboot. n is pressed, a confirmation screen will appear.

Ifclick ok, click OKklikněte button and then the DN-C640 will shut down, and reboot. Pokud souhlasíte, na OK potéDN-C640 se DN-C640 vypne a restartuje. If ok, If OK and then the will shut and reboot. ok, clickbutton OK button and thenaDN-C640 the will down, shut down, and reboot. While rebooting, the following is displayed on the screen. Během restartu jethe nafollowing monitoru zobrazen následující displej. While displayed on the screen. While rebooting, the following is displayed onwill the screen. Ifrebooting, ok, click OK button and is then the DN-C640 shut down, and reboot. While rebooting, the following is displayed on the screen. he DN-C640 will shut down, and reboot. displayed on the screen.

button: Ruší Cancels all changes made nastavení to the network settings in thisokně window and then display current settings. :button: všechny změny síťového provedené v tomto a poté současná nastabutton: Cancels all changes made to thetonetwork settings in this and then display current settings. Cancels all changes made the network settings inwindow this window andzobrazí then display current settings. button: Resets all network settings in this window to the factory default value. Then click button button: Resets all network settings in this window to the factory default value. Then click button button: vení.Resets all settings inthe thisnetwork windowsettings to the factory default value. Then click button button: Cancels allnetwork changes madetotoconfirm and reboot the DN-C640 the settings. in this window and then display current settings. reboot the tonastavení confirm the settings. and current reboot the DN-C640 to confirm the settings. :button: Obnovuje veškeré síťové v tomto okně hodnoty z výroby. Resets all DN-C640 network settings in this window to na thezákladní factory default value. Then Poté click klikněte na button e network settingsTlačítko in this window and thenand display settings. and reboot the DN-C640 to confirm the ksettings. tlačítko a restartujte DN-C640 potvrzení nastavení. is window to the factory default value. Then click button irm the settings. Tlačítko

35

3 35 3 35 3

ENGLISH ENGLISH ENGLISH

5. CONTROL OVLÁDACÍ FUNKCE 5. 5. CONTROL FEATURES FEATURES 5. CONTROL FEATURES

OVLÁDÁNÍ RS-232C RS-232C CONTROL Pro externí ovládání RS-232C pomocí hostitelského zařízení připojte 9pinový D-Sub přímý kabel. Connect aa male 99 Pin) RS-232C CONTROL Connect male (D-Sub (D-Sub Pin) to to female female (D-Sub (D-Sub 99 Pin) Pin) straight straight cable cable for for RS-232C RS-232C external external control control by by host host equipment. equipment. • RS-232C hostitel může externě ovládat funkce DN-C640 •• The The RS-232C RS-232C host host can can control control functions functions of of the the DN-C640 DN-C640 externally externally a male (D-Sub 9odesílá Pin) to female 9 Pin) straight for RS-232C external control by host equipment. ••Connect DN-C640 automaticky stavová(D-Sub data po změně stavucable The DN-C640 automatically transmits status data • The DN-C640 automatically transmits status data when when status status is is changed. changed. The RS-232C host can control functions of the DN-C640 externally •••• DN-C640 bude reagovat na stavové požadavky vysíláním přiřazených stavových podmínek RS-232C. The status data specifications: The DN-C640 DN-C640 will will respond respond to to status status requests requests by by transmitting transmitting the the associated associated status data RS-232C RS-232C specifications: • The DN-C640 automatically transmits status data when status is changed. • The DN-C640 will respond to status requests by transmitting the associated status data RS-232C specifications:

(1) Podmínky rozhraní (1) (1) Interface Interface Condition Condition • Použitelný konektor: 9pinový D-Sub (zástrčka) •• Applicable connector :: 9-pin D-sub (male) (1) Interface Condition Applicable rychlost: connector 9-pin • Přenosová 9600 b/sD-sub (male) • Baud :: 9600 Baud rate rate 96008bps bps •••• Datová hloubka: bitů: 9-pin D-sub (male) Applicable connector • Data Data Bit Bit :: 8bit 8bit • Baud rate : 9600 bps •• Parita: Žádná Parity : None • Parity : None Databit: Bit 1:: 1bit 8bit ••• Stop bit • Stop Stop bit bit : 1bit • Parity : None ••• Řízení toku: Flow control :: None Flow controlŽádné None Stoplayout bit : 1bit •••• Rozvržení Pin Pin layout pinů • Flow control : None • Pin layout RS-232C RS-232C Pin Signal Name PinNo č. Název Pin No Signalsignálu Name RS-232C 11Pin No 66 1

22 2 33 3 44 4 55

Ground Ground Signal Name NC NC Ground

6 77

TxD TxD NC NC NC TxD

7 88

RxD RxD NC NC NC RxD

8 99

NC NC NC NC

9

S. S. Ground Ground NC

5

S. Ground

(2) ovládacích (2) Control command codes (2) Kódy Control commandpovelů codes Ovládací povelové pakety mají datovou délku 7 bajtů více. K příjmu sériových dat se používají ASCII kódy to od 0x00 poserial 0x7F. The control command packets have aa data length of bytes or ASCII codes 0x00 to are (2) Control command codes The control command packets have data length of 77nebo bytes or more. more. ASCII codes from from 0x00 to 0x7F 0x7F are used used to receive receive serial

Na konci přenosu se provádí ASCII nathe HEX datacodes k jejich nastavení paketů. data. At transmission end, take to convert ASCII into HEX to set in data data. At the the transmission end,převod take steps steps to kódů convert the ASCII codes into HEX data datado todatových set the the data data in the theJako dataomezovač datových The control command packets havedata a data length of 7 bytes or more. ASCII codes from 0x00 to 0x7F are used to receive serial packets. (0x0D) is as paketů přidává (0x0D). packets.seCR CR (0x0D)CR is added added as the the data packet packet delimiter. delimiter. data. At the transmission end, take steps to convert the ASCII codes into HEX data to set the data in the data packets. CR (0x0D) is added as thefor data packet5 delimiter. Example: Control code number @02005CR) Příklad: povelový kód proforčíslo 5 (ASCII kód code @02005CR) Example:Ovládací Control command command code number 5 (ASCII (ASCII code @02005CR) When transmitting commands consecutively, put more than 100ms between Whenpřenášíte transmitting commands consecutively, putjednotlivými more than 100ms blank between commands. Když povely za sebou, ponechte mezi povelyblank alespoň 100mscommands. pauzu. Example: Control command code for number 5 (ASCII code @02005CR) When @ transmitting commands consecutively, put 0 more than 100ms commands. 00 22 00 blank between 55 CR @ 0 CR 00 × ×@40 40

00 × ×030 30

00 × ×232 32

00 × ×030 30

00 × ×030 30

00 × ×535 35

00 × × 0d 0d CR

0 × 40

0 × 30

0 × 32

0 × 30

0 × 30

0 × 35

0 × 0d

(3) Status Request Status (3) Kódy Statusstavových Request and and Status Information Information codes (3) požadavků a informací codes The data have aa data length of 77 bytes or more. (3)status Status Request and Status codes The status data packets packets have data length ofbajtů bytes or více. more. Stavové datové pakety mají datovou délku Information 7 nebo

ASCII codes from 0× to serial data. For this reason, the ASCII codes are converted into data ASCII codessériových from 00 × × 00 00 to to × 7f 7f are are used used to transmit transmit serial For reason, these ASCII codes converted into HEX HEX K odesílání dat se0používají ASCII od 0x00 podata. 0x7F. V this tomto případě ASCII kódyare převádějí na HEX datadata ještě The status data is packets have a data length ofkódy 7 bytes or more. before the data set in the data packets and transmitted. CR (0 × 0d) is added as the data packet delimiter. before thenež data isdata set zabalí in the data packets Jako and transmitted. CR (0 × 0d) is added as the CR data(0x0D). packet delimiter. před tím, se a přenášejí. omezovač datových paketů se přidává ASCII codes from 0 × 00 to 0 × 7f are used to transmit serial data. For this reason, the ASCII codes are converted into HEX data Example: Example: Status Status Information Information code code “Disc “Disc In” In” (ASCII (ASCII code code @0 @0 CDCI CDCI CR) CR) before the data is set in the data packets and transmitted. CR (0 × 0d) is added as the data packet delimiter. Example: Status Information code “Disc In” (ASCII code @0 CDCI CR) @ 00 C II CR Příklad: kód „Disc kód @0 CDCI C CR) @ Stavový informační C In“ (ASCII D D C CR

36 36 36

00 × ×@40 40

00 × ×030 30

00 × ×C43 43

00 × ×D44 44

00 × ×C43 43

00 × ×I 49 49

00 × × 0d 0d CR

0 × 40

0 × 30

0 × 43

0 × 44

0 × 43

0 × 49

0 × 0d

ENGLISH

5.5.CONTROL FEATURES OVLÁDACÍ FUNKCE (4) povelových kódů (4) Tabulka Table ofovládacích Control command codes Kód Code

Povel Command

“@02000”+CR

0

“@02001”+CR

1

“@02002”+CR

2

“@02003”+CR

3

“@02004”+CR

4

“@02005”+CR

5

“@02006”+CR

6

“@02007”+CR

7

“@02008”+CR

8

“@02009”+CR

9

“@02011”+CR

DISPLAY

Poznámka Comment

“@02012”+CR

Power Standby

“@020PW”+CR

Power On

“@02016”+CR

Volume Up

“@02017”+CR

Volume Down

“@02028ON”+CR

RANDOM ON

“@02028OF”+CR

RANDOM OFF

“@02029ON”+CR

REPEAT ON

“@02029OF”+CR

REPEAT OFF

“@02032”+CR

Track Jump §

“@02033”+CR

Track Jump �

“@02034”+CR

INDEX +

“@02035”+CR

INDEX –

“@02037ON”+CR

PITCH ON

“@02037OF”+CR

PITCH OFF

“@02038”+CR

PTICH +

“@02039”+CR

PITCH –

“@02045”+CR

EJECT

“@02048”+CR

PAUSE

“@02050”+CR

F. REVERSE

“@02052”+CR

F. FORWARD

“@02053”+CR

PLAY

“@02054”+CR

STOP

“@02059”+CR

A-B

“@020CU”+CR

CUE

“@020EM”+CR

END MON

“@020SB”+CR

SKIP BACK

“@020NWON”+CR

NETWORK ON

“@020NWOF”+CR

NETWORK OFF

“@020UPALL”+CR

UPLOAD DISC

“@020UPXXX”+CR

UPLOAD TRACKXXX

XXX je is číslo Trackskladby Number

“@020KL”+CR

Lock Panel's Key

zamknutí tlačítek panelu

37 37

ENGLISH

5. OVLÁDACÍ CONTROL FEATURES 5. FUNKCE

Kód Code

38 38

Command Povel

Comment Poznámka

“@020KU”+CR

Unlock Panel's Key

odemknutí tlačítek panelu

“@020DJXXXXXXXXXXXX”+CR

Direct Jump XXXXXXXXXXXX=ttthhhmmssff

ttt skladby tttjeisčíslo Track Number

“@0FMST”+CR

Finish Mode - Stop

“@0FMNT”+CR

Finish Mode -Next

“@0FMRC”+CR

Finish Mode - Recue

“@0FMCT”+CR

Finish Mode - Continuous

“@0POPL”+CR

Power On - Play

“@0POST”+CR

Power On - Stop

“@0SAPL”+CR

Start Mode Play

“@0SACU”+CR

Start Mode Cue

“@0SAST”+CR

Start Mode Stop

“@0CURC”+CR

Cue Mode Recue

“@0CUNX”+CR

Cue Mode Next

“@0AC00”+CR

Auto Cue - OFF

“@0AC48”+CR

Auto Cue - – 48dB

“@0AC42”+CR

Auto Cue - – 42dB

“@0AC36”+CR

Auto Cue - – 36dB

“@0FIXXX”+CR

Fade In - 000:OFF, 005:0.5sec, 010:1.0sec, ··· 100:10.0sec

“@0FOXXX”+CR

Fade Out - 000:OFF, 005:0.5sec, 010:1.0sec, ··· 100:10.0sec

“@0SBXXX”+CR

SkipBack - 010:1.0sec, 015:1.5sec, ··· 300:30.0sec

“@0EMXX”+CR

End Mon - 05:5sec, 10:10sec, 15:15sec, ··· 35:35sec

“@0EDXX”+CR

EOM - OF:OFF, 05:5sec, 10:10sec, 15:15sec, 20:20sec, 30:30sec, 60:60sec

“@0NRXX”+CR

Next Reserve - 00:ON, 01:OFF

“@0FDPL”+CR

Fader Start -Play

“@0FDPU”+CR

Fader Start -PlayPause

“@0ITI2”+CR

Index Tally Index2

“@0ITI3”+CR

Index Tally Index3

“@0MOXX”+CR

Mono - 00:ON, 01:OFF

“@0PLXX”+CR

PlayList - 00:ON, 01:OFF

“@0ASXXXX”+CR

Sleep-0000:OFF,0030:0.5min,1000:10min, 2000:20min, 3000:30min

“@0ELXX”+CR

Eject Lock - 00:ON, 01:OFF

“@0DOBC”+CR

Digital Out - Broadcast

“@0DOCS”+CR

Digital Out - Consumer

“@0DFXX”+CR

Digital FS - AT:Auto, 32:32kHz, 44:44.1kHz, 48:48kHz

“@0MNXXXXXXXXXXXX”+CR

Machine Name - 0..9, A AtoZ, až Z,atoz a až z

“@0IPXXXXXXXXXXXX”+CR

IP Address - 0..9, AUTO00000000:Auto

“@0SMXXXXXXXXXXXX”+CR

Subnet Mask - 0..9

“@0GWXXXXXXXXXXXX”+CR

Gateway - 0..9, DISABLE00000:Disable

“@0DNXXXXXXXXXXXX”+CR

DNS Address - 0..9, DISABLE00000:Disable

“@0PDXXXXXXXXXXXX”+CR

až zz Password - 0..9, A až to Z, a to

“@0DEFL”+CR

General Preset Default

“@0DENW”+CR

Network Preset Default

Max. 12 Max 12 znaků characters

Max. 12 Max 12 znaků characters

ENGLISH

5.5.CONTROL FEATURES OVLÁDACÍ FUNKCE (5) stavových informací codes (5) Tabulka Table ofkódů Status Request požadavků and Status ainformation Když povel stavového požadavku hostitele, pošlethe hostiteli stavovou Když DN-C640tozměWhenDN-C640 a Status přijme Request Command from the host isodreceived byDN-C640 the DN-C640, DN-C640 sendsinformaci. the Status Information the host. the DN-C640 thehostiteli. DN-C640 automatically sends Status Information to the host. ní stav,When automaticky pošle changes stavovoustatus, informaci Režim Mode Power Mode

Disc

Kód požadavku Request Code

Status Stav

“@0?PW”+CR

“@0?CD”+CR

Status

“@0?ST”+CR

Stop

Play

Other Time Mode

Track Number

“@0?TM”+CR

“@0?TR”+CR

Time Mode

On

“@0PW00”+CR

Standby

“@0PW01”+CR

Off

–

No Disc

“@0CDNC”+CR

Loading

“@0CDRE”+CR

Disc In

“@0CDCI”+CR

Network

“@0CDNW”+CR

Executing

“@0CDEX”+CR

DiscError(Unformat)

“@0CDCE”+CR

Stop

“@0STST”+CR

Cue

“@0STCU”+CR

Sleep

“@0STSL”+CR

Playback

“@0STPL”+CR

Playback Pause

“@0STPP”+CR

FF

“@0STFF”+CR

RWD

“@0STRW”+CR

END MON

“@0STEM”+CR

Ulitity / Preset

“@0STED”+CR

Operation Error

“@0STER”+CR

TotalDiscTime

“@0TMTD”+CR

Track Elapse Time

“@0TMTT”+CR

Track Remain Time

“@0TMTR”+CR

File Name

“@0TMFN”+CR

File Information

“@0TMFI”+CR

Recorded Date

“@0TMRD”+CR

Recorded Time

“@0TMRT”+CR

Recorded Channel

“@0TMCH”+CR

Track Number

“@0TRXXX”+CR

Display Time

“@0?TI”+CR

Time

“@0TIhhhmmssff”+CR

Volume

“@0?VM”+CR

Volume

“@0VMXXX”+CR

Pitch

“@0?PT”+CR

Pitch

“@0PTXXXX”+CR

Text Title

“@0?T1”+CR

Text Title

“@0T1XXX...”+CR �1

Text Artist

“@0?T2”+CR

Text Artist

“@0T2XXX...”+CR �1

Text Album

“@0?T3”+CR

Text Album

“@0T3XXX...”+CR �1

POS Code

“@0?C1”+CR

POS Code

“@C1XXXXXXXXXXXXX”+CR

ISRC Code

“@0?C1”+CR

ISRC Code

“@C2XXXXXXXXXXXX”+CR

�1:

číslice 0 až 255 0 to 255 digits

39 39

ENGLISH

5. OVLÁDACÍ CONTROL FEATURES 5. FUNKCE

Mode Režim Finish Mode

Power On Start Mode

“@0?PO”+CR “@0?SA”+CR

“@0?CU”+CR

Auto Cue

“@0?AC”+CR

Status Stav Stop

“@0FMST”+CR

Next

“@0FMNT”+CR

Recue

“@0FMRC”+CR

Continuous

“@0FMCT”+CR

Play

“@0POPL”+CR

Stop

“@0POST”+CR

Play

“@0SAPL”+CR

Cue

“@0SACU”+CR

Stop

“@0SAST”+CR

Recue

“@0CURC”+CR

Next

“@0CUNX”+CR

Off

“@0AC00”+CR

–48dB

“@0AC48”+CR

–42dB

“@0AC42”+CR

–36dB

“@0AC36”+CR

Fade In

“@0?FI”+CR

Time

“@0FIXXX”+CR

Fade Out

“@0?FO”+CR

Time

“@0FOXXX”+CR

Skip Back

“@0?SB”+CR

Time

“@0SBXXX”+CR

End Mon

“@0?EM”+CR

Time

“@0EMXX”+CR

End Of Message

“@0?ED”+CR

Time

“@0EDXX”+CR

Next Tr Reserve

“@0?NR”+CR

On

“@0NR00”+CR

Off

“@0NR01”+CR

Fader Start

“@0?FD”+CR

Play

“@0FDPL”+CR

PlayPause

“@0FDPU”+CR

Mono

40

“@0?FM”+CR

Cue Mode

Index Tally

40

Request Code Kód požadavku

“@0?IT”+CR “@0?MO”+CR

Index2

“@0ITI2”+CR

Index3

“@0ITI3”+CR

On

“@0MO00”+CR

Off

“@0MO01”+CR

On

“@0PL00”+CR

PlayList

“@0?PL”+CR

Off

“@0PL01”+CR

Sleep

“@0?AS”+CR

Time

“@0ASXXXX”+CR

Eject Lock

“@0?EL”+CR

On

“@0EL00”+CR

Off

“@0EL01”+CR

Digital Out

“@0?DO”+CR

Broadcast

“@0DOBC”+CR

Consumer

“@0DOCS”+CR

Digital FS

“@0?DF”+CR

FS

“@0DFXX”+CR

Machine Name

“@0?MN”+CR

Name �2

“@0MNXXXXXXXXXXXX”+CR

IP address

“@0?IP”+CR

Address

“@0IPXXXXXXXXXXXX”+CR

Subnet Mask

“@0?SM”+CR

Mask Bit

“@0SMXXXXXXXXXXXX”+CR

Gateway

“@0?GW”+CR

Address

“@0GWXXXXXXXXXXXX”+CR

DNS Address

“@0?DN”+CR

Address

“@0DNXXXXXXXXXXXX”+CR

Password

“@0?PD”+CR

Password �2

“@0PDXXXXXXXXXXXX”+CR

�2:

0 to 120digits číslice až 12

OVLÁDÁNÍ GPIO (Paralelní) GPIO (Parallel) CONTROL Toto použijte k ovládání DN-C640 pomocí kontaktního spínacího obvodu. Use this to control the DN-C640 with dry contact circuit connections.

ENGLISH

5. OVLÁDACÍ FUNKCE 5. CONTROL FEATURES

(1) Interface PodmínkyCondition rozhraní (1) •• Použitelný D-Sub (zástrčka) Applicable konektor: connector:25pinový 25-pin D-sub (male) •• Rozvržení Connectingsignálů signal konektoru layout Pin PinNo. č. 1 14 2 15 3 16 4 17 5 18 6 19 7 20 8 21 9 22 10 23 11 24 12 25 13

Signalsignálu Name Název FG

I/O –

PLAY řídící tally PLAY

O

PLAYcommand povelový PLAY

I

PAUSE PAUSE řídící tally

O

PAUSEcommand povelový PAUSE

I

CUE řídící tally CUE

O

CUE CUEcommand povelový

I

INDEX2/INDEX3

O

TRACK(+) (+)command povelový TRACK

I

Rezervovaný Reserved

–

TRACK(–) (–)command povelový TRACK

I

Reserved Rezervovaný

–

SEARCH SEARCH(Fwd) (Fwd)command povelový

I

Rezervovaný Reserved

–

SEARCH (Rev)command povelový SEARCH(Rev)

I

Rezervovaný Reserved

–

FADER START STARTcommand povelový FADER

I

Tally power supply Řídící napájení

–

Command common Společný povelový

–

Command common Společný povelový

–

NC

–

EOM EOMřídící tally

O

Reserved Rezervovaný

–

Reserved Rezervovaný

–

Reserved Rezervovaný

–

NOTE: POZNÁMKA: • •• •• •

The tally output pin has open collector IC specifications (Imax. 48mA, Vmax. 5.5V). Pin řídícího výstupu má otevřený kolektor IC specifikace The tally input pin has LVTTL IC specifications (Vcc 3.3V). (Imax. 48mA, Vmax. 5.5 V). Pin řídícíhocurrent vstupufor máTally LVTTL IC specifikace (Vccis3.3 V). Maximum power supply (Pin 22) 100mA. Maximální proud pro řídící napájení (pól 22) je 100 mA.

41 41

ENGLISH

5. 5. CONTROL OVLÁDACÍFEATURES FUNKCE Obvod dálkového ovládání (2) Remote control circuit

POZNÁMKA: NOTE:

9

10

8

7

6

5

3

4

24

23

22

18 22 23

2 14

17

3 15

PLAY

17

22

INDEX2/INDEX3

24

22

EOM

22 23

22 23

7

23

8

23

PAUSE

4 16

CUE

1 SEARCH ¡

16

14

9

23

5

6

2

23

FADER SWITCH

15

TRACK (+)

1

TRACK (–)

23

•• Zapojení dálkového ovládání Remote control connections

•• Hodnota 22 konektoru REMOTE (kontrolní napájení)SUPPLY) je +5 V (DC), maximálně 100 mA. The ratingpólu of REMOTE connector pin 22 (TALLY POWER is +5 VDC, 100 mA maximum. Avoid currentstuto in excess of the rating, or it kmay cause a malfunction or a risk of fire. Nepřesahujte hodnotu, mohlo by dojít poruše přístroje nebo vzniku požáru.

42 42

6. ŘEŠENÍ PROBLÉMŮ Vyskytnou-li se problémy, nejprve zkontrolujte následující: 1. Jsou všechny zapojení provedena správně? 2. Zacházíte se všemi komponenty systému podle návodu k obsluze? 3. Fungují správně reprobedny a zesilovač/receiver? Pokud zařízení nefunguje jak má, projděte níže uvedenou tabulku. Pokud budou obtíže pokračovat, může jít o poruchu. Ihned přístroj vypněte a spojte se s prodejnou (v níž jste jej zakoupili) nebo s autorizovaným servisem DENON. Problém

Příčina

Náprava

Disk se nedá vysunout.

• Není zapnutý vypínač napájení.

• Zapněte vypínačem napájení přístroje.

Když je vložen disk, zobrazí se „TOC Error“ nebo „No Disc“.

• Disk není správně vložen.

• Vložte disk znovu.

Když je vložen disk, zobrazí se „Disc Error“.

• Disk není správně nahrán.

• Vypněte a znovu zapněte napájení k vysunutí disku.

Když je stisknuto tlačítko PLAY, přehrávání se nespustí.

• Disk je špinavý nebo poškrábaný.

• Vyčistěte disk.

Nevychází zvuk nebo je zvuk zkreslený.

• Výstupní kabel není správně zapojen. • Je nevhodně nastaven zesilovač.

• Opravte zapojení. • Upravte nastavení zesilovače.

Nepřehrává se určitá část na disku.

• Disk je špinavý nebo poškrábaný.

• Vyčistěte disk.

Nepracuje programované přehrávání .

• Obsluha programovaného přehrávání nebyla provedena správně.

• Proveďte naprogramování ještě jednou.

Nefunguje dálkový ovladač.

• Nejsou vloženy baterie nebo jsou baterie vybité.

• Zajistěte, aby byly správně vloženy baterie. • Vyměňte baterie za nové.

Soubor se nepřehrává.

• Chyba dekódování.

• Zkontrolujte, zda má soubor, který se pokoušíte přehrát, kompatibilní souborovou příponu a je ve formátu, který DN-C640 podporuje.

Síť nepracuje.

• Špatný typ síťě. • Chybné síťové nastavení. • Není zapojen síťový kabel.

• Zajistěte si správný typ sítě. • Zkontrolujte vaše síťové nastavení. • Zkontroluje, zda je síťový kabel správně zastrčen, jak na straně DN-C640, tak na síťovém zařízení.

43

7. TECHNICKÁ DATA ■ OBECNÉ Použtelné typy disků:

Standardní kompaktní disky (12 cm a 8 cm) CD-R, CD-RW, DVD-R, DVD-RW, DVD+R, DVD+RW

■ AUDIO ČÁST Audio kanály: Frekvenční odezva: Dynamický rozsah: Poměr signál k šumu: Odstup kanálů: Celkové harmonické zkreslení: Analogový výstup: Nesymetrický výstup (RCA): Variabilní rozsah (VARIABLE): Symetrický výstup (XLR): Variabilní rozsah: Digitální výstup: Nesymetrický výstup (RCA): Symetrický výstup (XLR): Formát signálu: Sluchátkový výstup: Variabilní regulace rychlosti: Přesnost vyhledávání rámce:

2 kanály stereo 10 až 20,000 Hz ± 1.0 dB 98 dB 104 dB (1 kHz, 0 dB reprodukce, A filtr) 96 dB (1 kHz, 0 dB reprodukce, A filtr) 0.004 % (1 kHz, 0 dB reprodukce, A filtr) 2.0 Vrms při 0 dB, 10 kohmů 4.0 Vrms při 0dB, max. hlasitost +18 dBu při 0 dB, 600 ohmů +24 dBu až +0 dBu při 0 dB 0.5 Vp-p, 75 ohmů 3.5 Vp-p, 110 ohmů SPDIF nebo IEC-958 Type II /AES EBU volitelné 20 mW, 33 ohmů ±12 % max. 1/75 sec.

■ SYSTÉM SIGNÁLU Vzorkovací frekvence: Kvantizace:

44.1 kHz při normální rychlosti 16 bitů lineární

■ DÁLKOVÉ OVLÁDÁNÍ Ethernet (LAN): Sériové ovládání: Paralelní ovládání: Vstup IR ovládání:

RJ-45, 10BASE-T/100BASE-TX automatický výběr RS232C, D-Sub 9 pinů D-Sub 25 pinů IR čidlo

■ NAPÁJENÍ Napájení: Spotřeba:

230 V AC ±10 %, 50 Hz 25 W

■ SKŘÍŇ atd. Instalace: Maximální rozměry: Váha:

19" 1U prostor v racku 482.6 (Š) × 44 (V) × 325 (H) mm 4.3 kg

■ PODMÍNKY PROSTŘEDÍ Provozní teplota: Provozní vlhkost: Skladovací teplota: Skladovací vlhkost:

44

+5 °C až +35 °C 25 % až 85 %, bez kondenzace –20 °C až +60 °C 25 % až 85 %, bez kondenzace

ENGLISH

SPECIFICATIONS 7.7.TECHNICKÁ DATA � DIMENSIONS ■ ROZMĚRY

325mm (12.8”)

347mm (13.7”)

44mm (1.7”)

52mm (2.0”)

434mm (17.1”)

482.6mm (19.0”) NETWORK CD PLAYER

0

DN-C640

10

LEVEL

EJECT

POWER ON/OFF

PHONES

NETWORK

DISPLAY

A-B

PITCH

LOCK

END MON

TEXT

MENU/STORE

UTILITY

- INDEX/DIR +

PUSH ENTER

CUE SHIFT

CANCEL

SKIP BACK

PLAY/PAUSE

PITCH

� Technická For improvement purposes,podléhají specifications and design are předchozího subject to change without notice. ❈ data a provedení možnosti změn bez upozornění.

45 45

PROFESSIONAL BUSINESS COMPANY TOKYO, JAPAN http://www.dm-pro.jp

Professional Business Company, D&M H

Výhradní dovozce do ČR:

EUROSTAR Ostrava spol. s r. o.

Čestlice 271 251 70 Dobřejovice u Prahy Tel.: 323 606 877, Fax: 323 606 878 e-mail: [email protected], www.eurostar-ostrava.cz

Dovozce garantuje, že zařízení popsané v tomto návodu k obsluze odpovídá technickým předpisům a je ve shodě se zákonem č. 22/1997, 168/1997 a 169/1997 Sbírky.